Siemens SINAMICS G120D CU240D-2 DP Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Siemens Manuals
  4. Control Unit
  5. SINAMICS G120D CU240D-2 DP
  6. Manual

Siemens SINAMICS G120D CU240D-2 DP Manual

Sinamics g120d cu240d-2 series; sinamics g120d cu250d-2 series
Hide thumbs Also See for SINAMICS G120D CU240D-2 DP:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

s
SINAMICS
SINAMICS G120D
Control Units CU240D-2/CU250D-2
List Manual
Edition
01/2016

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Siemens SINAMICS G120D CU240D-2 DP

Summary of Contents for Siemens SINAMICS G120D CU240D-2 DP

  • Page 1 SINAMICS SINAMICS G120D Control Units CU240D-2/CU250D-2 List Manual Edition 01/2016...

  • Page 3: Function Diagrams

    Fundamental safety instructions Parameters SINAMICS Function diagrams SINAMICS G120D Faults and alarms Control Units CU240D-2/CU250D-2 Appendix List Manual Index Valid for Control Units Firmware version CU240D-2_DP 4.7 SP6 CU240D-2_DP_F 4.7 SP6 CU240D-2_PN 4.7 SP6 CU240D-2_PN_F 4.7 SP6 CU250D-2_DP_F 4.7 SP6 CU250D-2_PN_F 4.7 SP6 01/2016...
  • Page 4 Note the following: WARNING Siemens products are only permitted to be used for the applications envisaged in the catalog and in the associated technical documentation. If third-party products and components are to be used, they must be recommended or approved by Siemens. These products can only function correctly and safely if they are transported, stored, set up, mounted, installed, commissioned, operated and maintained correctly.

  • Page 5: Table Of Contents

    Table of contents Fundamental safety instructions ........... General safety instructions.
  • Page 6 Table of contents 3.12 Basic positioner (EPOS) ........... 3.13 Position control.

  • Page 7: Fundamental Safety

    Fundamental safety instructions Content General safety instructions Industrial security SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...

  • Page 8: Parameters

    1 Fundamental safety instructions 1.1 General safety instructions General safety instructions WARNING Risk of death if the safety instructions and remaining risks are not carefully observed If the safety instructions and residual risks are not observed in the associated hardware documentation, accidents involving severe injuries or death can occur.

  • Page 9: Industrial Security

    Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, solutions, machines, devices, and/or networks. They are important components of a holistic industrial security concept. With this in mind, Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly check for product updates.
  • Page 10 1 Fundamental safety instructions 1.2 Industrial security SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...

  • Page 11: Parameters

    Parameters Content Overview of parameters List of parameters Parameters for data sets BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) Parameters for write protection and know-how protection Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...

  • Page 12: Overview Of Parameters

    2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Overview of parameters 2.1.1 Explanation of the parameter list Basic structure of the parameter descriptions The data in the following example have been chosen at random. The table below contains all the information that can be included in a parameter description. Some of the information is optional.
  • Page 13 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters pxxxx[0...n] Parameter number The parameter number is made up of a "p" or "r", followed by the parameter number and the index or bit field (optional). Examples of the representation in the parameter list: •...
  • Page 14 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters BICO: Full parameter name/Abbreviated name The following abbreviations can appear in front of the BICO parameter name: • BI: Binector Input This parameter is used for selecting the source of a digital signal. • BO: Binector Output This parameter is available as a digital signal for interconnection with other parameters.
  • Page 15 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Access level Specifies the minimum access level required to be able to display and change the relevant parameter. The required access level can be set using p0003. The system uses the following access levels: •...
  • Page 16 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Data type The information on the data type can consist of the following two items (separated by a slash): • First item Data type of the parameter. • Second item (for binector or connector input only) Data type of the signal source to be interconnected (binector-/connector output).
  • Page 17 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Can be changed The "-" sign indicates that the parameter can be changed in any object state and that the change will be effective immediately. The information "C(x), T, U" ((x): optional) means that the parameter can be changed only in the specified drive unit state and that the change will not take effect until the unit switches to another state.
  • Page 18 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Dyn. index (dynamic index) For parameters with a dynamic index [0...n], the following information is specified here: • Data set (if available). • Parameter for the number of indices (n = number - 1). The following information can be contained in this field: •...
  • Page 19 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Table 2-3 Unit group (p0100) Unit group Unit selection for p0100 = Reference variable for % lbf ft 14_6 25_1 kg m lb ft kg m 27_1 28_1 Nm/A lbf ft/A Nm/A Table 2-4 Unit group (p0505) Unit group Unit selection for p0505 =...
  • Page 20 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Function diagram The parameter is included in this function diagram. The structure of the parameter function and its relationship with other parameters is shown in the specified function diagram. Parameter values Min. Minimum value of the parameter [unit] Maximum value of the parameter [unit] Factory setting Value when delivered [unit]...

  • Page 21: Faults And Alarms

    2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Bit field For parameters with bit fields, the following information is provided about each bit: • Bit number and signal name • Meaning for signal states 0 and 1 • Function diagram (FP) (optional). The signal is shown on this function diagram.

  • Page 22: Number Ranges Of Parameters

    2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters 2.1.2 Number ranges of parameters Note: The following number ranges represent an overview for all the parameters available for the SINAMICS drive family. The parameters for the product described in this List Manual are described in detail in "List of parameters"...
  • Page 23 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Table 2-6 Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued Range Description From 2720 2729 Load gearbox 2800 2819 Logic operations 2900 2930 Fixed values (e. g. percentage, torque) 3000 3099 Motor identification results 3100 3109 Real-time clock (RTC) 3110 3199 Faults and alarms...
  • Page 24 2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Table 2-6 Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued Range Description From 8900 8999 Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET, CBE20 9000 9299 topology 9300 9399 Safety Integrated 9400 9499 Parameter consistency and storage 9500 9899 Safety Integrated 9900 9949 topology 9950...

  • Page 25: List Of Parameters

    2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters List of parameters Product: SINAMICS G120D, Version: 4707900, Language: eng Objects: CU240D-2_DP, CU240D-2_PN, CU240D-2_DP_F, CU240D-2_PN_F, CU250D-2_PN_F, CU250D-2_DP_F r0002 Drive operating display / Drv op_display Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 26 Quick commissioning Power unit commissioning Motor commissioning Encoder commissioning Technological application/units Data sets Only Siemens int Parameter reset Only Siemens int Only Siemens int Safety Integrated commissioning Note: The drive can only be switched on outside the drive commissioning (inverter enable). To realize this, this parameter must be set to 0.
  • Page 27 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0014 Buffer memory mode / Buf mem mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the mode for the buffer memory.
  • Page 28 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product. p0015 Macro drive unit / Macro drv unit CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: C, C(1) Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 29 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0022 Speed actual value rpm smoothed / n_act rpm smooth Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6799 Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm]...
  • Page 30 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The DC link voltage is available smoothed (r0026) and unsmoothed (r0070). r0026 sets itself to the lower value of the pulsating DC link voltage.
  • Page 31 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The torque-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0030) and unsmoothed (r0078). r0031 Actual torque smoothed / M_act smooth Access level: 2...
  • Page 32 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0034 CO: Motor utilization thermal / Mot_util therm Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8017 Factory setting - [%] - [%]...
  • Page 33 [17] = Depletion layer 5 [18] = Depletion layer 6 [19] = Reserved Notice: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Note: The value of -200 indicates that there is no measuring signal. r0037[0]: Maximum value of the inverter temperatures (r0037[5...10]). r0037[1]: Maximum value of the depletion layer temperatures (r0037[13...18]).
  • Page 34 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: For infeed units, the following applies: For active powers < 25 % of the rated power, this does not provide any useful information. Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. r0039[0...2] CO: Energy display / Energy displ Access level: 2...
  • Page 35 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0043 Note: The signal can be displayed as process variable (scaling: 1 = 1 Wh). This is enabled in p0043. The display is also reset with p0040 = 1. If an enable is present in r0043 when the Control Unit powers up, then the value from r0039 is transferred into r0042. As r0039 serves as a reference signal for r0042, due to format reasons, the process energy display can only process values of r0039 up to 2147483 kWh.
  • Page 36 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0002 Note: The value r0046 = 0 indicates that all enable signals for this drive are present. Bit 00 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0840 is a 0 signal. - there is a "switching-on inhibited".
  • Page 37 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0047 Motor data identification and speed controller optimization / MotID and n_opt Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 38 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0052.0...15 CO/BO: Status word 1 / ZSW 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Display and connector output for status word 1.
  • Page 39 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal DC braking active |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) |n_act| > p1080 (n_min) I_act >= p2170 |n_act| > p2155 |n_act| <= p2155 |n_act| >= r1119 (n_set) Vdc <= p2172 Vdc >...
  • Page 40 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 05: r0898 Bit 5 Bit 06: r0898 Bit 6 Bit 07: r2138 Bit 7 Bit 08: r0898 Bit 8 Bit 09: r0898 Bit 9 Bit 10: r0898 Bit 10 Bit 11: r1198 Bit 11 Bit 13: r1198 Bit 13 Bit 14: r1198 Bit 14 Bit 15: r0836 Bit 0...
  • Page 41 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Initialization completed De-magnetizing completed Pulse enable available Soft starting present Magnetizing completed Voltage boost when starting Active Inactive 6301 Acceleration voltage Active Inactive 6301 Frequency negative Field weakening active Voltage limit active 6714...
  • Page 42 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0021, r0022 Note: The speed actual value r0063[0] – smoothed with p0045 – is additionally displayed in r0063[1]. r0063[1] can be used as process variable for the appropriate smoothing time constant p0045. The speed (r0063[2]) calculated from the output frequency and slip can only be compared with the speed actual value (r0063[0]) in the steady-state.
  • Page 43 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0068[0...1] CO: Absolute current actual value / I_act abs val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6300, 6714, 6799, 7017, 8017, 8021, 8022 Factory setting - [Arms]...
  • Page 44 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0071 Maximum output voltage / U_output max Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6301, 6640, 6700, 6722, 6723, 6724, 6725, 6727 Factory setting - [Vrms]...
  • Page 45 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0075 CO: Current setpoint field-generating / Id_set Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6700, 6714, 6725 Factory setting - [Arms] - [Arms]...
  • Page 46 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0080[0...1] CO: Torque actual value / M_act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6714, 6799 Factory setting - [Nm] - [Nm]...
  • Page 47 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0084[0...1] CO: Flux actual value / Flux act val Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6730, 6731 Factory setting - [%] - [%]...
  • Page 48 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: IEC-Motor (50 Hz, SI units) NEMA motor (60 Hz, US units) NEMA motor (60 Hz, SI units) Dependency: If p0100 is changed, all of the rated motor parameters are reset. Only then are possible unit changeovers made. The units of all motor parameters are changed that are involved in the selection of IEC or NEMA (e.g.
  • Page 49 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0180 Number of Drive Data Sets (DDS) / DDS count Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: C(15) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8565 Factory setting Description: Sets the number of Drive Data Sets (DDS).
  • Page 50 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0198[0...2] BIOS/EEPROM data version / BIOS/EEPROM vers Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the BIOS and EEPROM data version.
  • Page 51 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 113: PM230 (SINAMICS G120) 114: PM240 (SINAMICS G120) 115: PM250 (SINAMICS G120 / S120) 116: PM260 (SINAMICS G120) 118: SINAMICS G120 Px 120: PM340 (SINAMICS S120) 126: SINAMICS ET200PRO 130: PM250D (SINAMICS G120D) 133: SINAMICS G120C 135: SINAMICS PMV40...
  • Page 52 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: When the parameter is changed, all of the motor parameters (p0305 ... p0311), the technological application (p0500) and the control mode (p1300) are pre-assigned according to the selected application. The parameter has no influence when calculating the thermal overload.
  • Page 53 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Catalog [1] = Load duty cycle with low overload [2] = Load duty cycle with high overload [3] = S1 load duty cycle [4] = S6 load duty cycle Dependency: Refer to: p0205 p0210 Drive unit line supply voltage / U_connect Access level: 3...
  • Page 54 Description: Enter the inductance of a filter connected at the power unit output. Dependency: This parameter is automatically pre-set when you select a filter via p0230 if a SIEMENS filter is defined for the power unit. Refer to: p0230 Note: When exiting the quick commissioning using p3900 = 1, the parameter value is set to the value of the defined SIEMENS filter or to zero.
  • Page 55 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0287[0...1] Ground fault monitoring thresholds / Gnd flt threshold Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.0 [%] 100.0 [%]...
  • Page 56 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The setting p0290 = 0, 2 is only practical if the load decreases with decreasing speed (e.g. for applications with variable torque such as for pumps and fans). Under overload conditions, the current and torque limit are reduced, and therefore the motor is braked and forbidden speed ranges (e.g.
  • Page 57 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0296 DC link voltage undervoltage threshold / Vdc U_lower_thresh Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [V] - [V]...
  • Page 58 (write protection). The write protection is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non-Siemens motor that matches p0301 (e.g. p0300 = 1 for p0301 = 1xxxx). Write protection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters.
  • Page 59 (write protection). The write protection is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non-Siemens motor that matches p0301 (e.g. p0300 = 1 for p0301 = 1xxxx). Write protection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters.
  • Page 60 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. If p0305 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), then the maximum current p0640 is pre-assigned accordingly.
  • Page 61 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0308[0...n] Rated motor power factor / Mot cos phi rated Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 62 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0311[0...n] Rated motor speed / Mot n_rated Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.0 [rpm] 210000.0 [rpm]...
  • Page 63 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0314 = 1: 2-pole motor p0314 = 2: 4-pole motor, etc. Dependency: For p0314 = 0, the pole pair number is automatically calculated from the rated frequency (p0310) and the rated speed (p0311) and displayed in r0313. Notice: If p0314 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), the maximum speed p1082, which is also associated with quick commissioning, is pre-assigned accordingly.
  • Page 64 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0322[0...n] Maximum motor speed / Mot n_max Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.0 [rpm] 210000.0 [rpm]...
  • Page 65 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300).
  • Page 66 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0330[0...n] Rated motor slip / Mot slip_rated Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [Hz] - [Hz] - [Hz]...
  • Page 67 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0334[0...n] Actual motor-torque constant / Mot kT act Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: 28_1 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [Nm/A] - [Nm/A]...
  • Page 68 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0. The following parameters are influenced using p0340: p0340 = 1: -->...
  • Page 69 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0343[0...n] Rated motor current identified / Mot I_rated ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] 10000.00 [Arms]...
  • Page 70 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0347[0...n] Motor de-excitation time / Mot t_de-excitat Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 71 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0625 Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2). p0356[0...n] Motor stator leakage inductance / Mot L_stator leak.
  • Page 72 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0360[0...n] Motor magnetizing inductance / Mot Lh Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 73 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters This parameter specifies the y coordinate (flux) for the 3rd value pair of the characteristic. Sets the third flux value of the saturation characteristic as a [%] referred to the rated motor flux (100 %). Dependency: The following applies for the flux values: p0362 <...
  • Page 74 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). p0368[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 3 / Mot sat. I_mag 3 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32...
  • Page 75 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0373[0...n] Motor rated stator resistance / Mot R_stator rated Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [ohm] - [ohm]...
  • Page 76 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0382[0...n] Motor magnetizing inductance transformed / Mot L_magn transf Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [mH] - [mH]...
  • Page 77 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0396[0...n] Actual rotor resistance / R_rotor act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm]...
  • Page 78 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 9999: User-defined 10100: Identify encoder (waiting) Notice: An encoder type with p0400 < 9999 defines an encoder for which there is an encoder parameter list. When selecting a catalog encoder (p0400 < 9999) the parameters from the encoder parameter list cannot be changed (write protection).
  • Page 79 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: ZM: Zero mark For bit 12 (equidistant zero mark):...
  • Page 80 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0408[0...n] Rotary encoder pulse number / Rot enc pulse No. Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(4) Scaling: - Dyn. index: EDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 4010, 4704 Factory setting 16777215 2048...
  • Page 81 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0412[0...n] Measuring gear absolute encoder rotary revolutions virtual / Abs rot rev Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(4) Scaling: - Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 82 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The parameter applies for the following process data: - Gx_XIST1 - Gx_XIST2 for reference mark or flying measurement The fine resolution specifies the fraction between encoder pulses. Depending on the physical measurement principle, an encoder pulse can be broken down into a different number of fractions (e.g.
  • Page 83 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p0425[0...n] Encoder rotary zero mark distance / Enc rot dist ZM Access level: 3...
  • Page 84 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0429[0...n] Encoder SSI configuration / Enc SSI config CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: C(4) Scaling: - Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 85 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: This parameter can only be set for p0402 = 9999. Refer to: p0410, p0433 Note: Negative gearbox factors should be implemented with p0410. p0433[0...n] Gearbox factor motor/load revolutions / Grbx_fact mot_rev Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 Can be changed: C(4)
  • Page 86 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Example: p0435 = 1014 --> The evaluation is switched in and the alarm bit is at position 14 with a low level. p0435 = 1114 --> The evaluation is switched in and the alarm bit is at position 14 with a high level. p0436[0...n] Encoder SSI parity bit / Enc SSI parity bit CU250D-2_PN_F...
  • Page 87 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For bit 02: If the bit is set, in the event of a deviation less than the tolerance window for the zero mark (p4681, p4682), the pulses per revolution are corrected. If the bit is not set, encoder fault F3x131 is triggered. For bits 05, 04: The actual hardware only supports 1x or 4x signal evaluation.
  • Page 88 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). p0446[0...n] Encoder SSI number of bits before the absolute value / Enc SSI bit before CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: C(4)
  • Page 89 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0452[0...2] Squarewave encoder filter time display / Enc t_filt displ Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [µs] - [µs]...
  • Page 90 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Linear encoder Absolute encoder Multiturn encoder Track A/B sq-wave SSI encoder Equidistant zero mark Irregular zero mark Distance-coded zero mark Voltage level 24 V...
  • Page 91 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For bit 14: Only for internal Siemens use. r0459[0...2] Sensor Module properties extended / SM prop ext Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: -...
  • Page 92 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Caution: Following ramping-up or after a data set changeover, the new value is present at connector inputs which are interconnected to connector output r0479 and under certain circumstances take 100 ms to become available. Reason: These interconnections are updated in the background, unlike interconnections involving other connector outputs (e.g.
  • Page 93 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Parking encoder active Encoder fault Displayed in r0483 None Notice: Information on Gn_STW/Gn_ZSW can, e.g. be found in the following literature: SINAMICS S120 Function Manual Drive Functions Note: For bit 14: Displays the acknowledgment for "activate parking encoder" (Gn_STW.14 = 1) or encoder position actual value (Gn_XIST1) invalid.
  • Page 94 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Notice: The encoder position actual value must be requested using the encoder control word Gn_STW.13. Note: - in this value, the measuring gear (p0432, p0433) is only taken into account when the position tracking is activated (p0411.0 = 1).
  • Page 95 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Request function 1 Request function 2 Request function 3 Request function 4 Request command bit 0 Request command bit 1 Request command bit 2 Flying measurement mode/search for Flying measurement Reference marks reference mark...
  • Page 96 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal DI 1 (X07.2) Inverted Not inverted DI 3 (X08.2) Inverted Not inverted Dependency: Refer to: p0488, p0489, p0493 Note: The terminal must be set as input. When the measuring probe or the equivalent zero mark is inverted, this has no effect on the status displays of the digital inputs (r0721, r0722, r0723).
  • Page 97 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0493[0...n] Zero mark selection input terminal / ZM_sel inp_term Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 98 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0497, r0498, r0499 Notice: The setting option depends on the following properties: Sensor Module type, hardware version, firmware version (Sensor Module and Control Units), order number (last digit). Not all combinations are supported. Note: For p0496 = 1: 360 °...
  • Page 99 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0500 Technology application / Tec application Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1, 5), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the technology application.
  • Page 100 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0514[0...9] Scaling-specific reference values / Scal spec ref val Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 101 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0516[0]: parameter number p0516[1]: parameter number p0516[2]: parameter number p0516[19]: parameter number Dependency: Refer to: p0514 p0517[0...19] Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[2] / Scal spec p514[2] Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: -...
  • Page 102 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0520[0...19] Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[5] / Scal spec p514[5] Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 103 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0523[0]: parameter number p0523[1]: parameter number p0523[2]: parameter number p0523[19]: parameter number Dependency: Refer to: p0514 p0524[0...19] Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[9] / Scal spec p514[9] Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: -...
  • Page 104 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0544[0...n] Load gearbox overall ratio (absolute value) numerator / Load grbx ratio N Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 105 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0553[0...n] Brake holding torque / Brake M_hold Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0 [Nm] 340.28235E36 [Nm] 0 [Nm]...
  • Page 106 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0581 Measuring probe edge / MT edge Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the edge to evaluate the measuring probe signal for speed actual value measurement.
  • Page 107 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0587 CO: Measuring probe measuring time measured / MT t_meas measured Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 108 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters m³/h kg/s kg/min kg/h t/min °F gallon/s inch³/s gallon/min inch³/min gallon/h inch³/h lb/s lb/min lb/h lbf ft parts/min ft³/s ft³/min BTU/min BTU/h mbar inch wg ft wg m wg % r.h. g/kg Dependency: Only the unit of the technology controller parameters are switched over (unit group 9_1). Refer to: p0596 Note: When switching over from % into another unit, the following sequence applies:...
  • Page 109 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0601[0...n] Motor temperature sensor type / Mot_temp_sens type Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8016 Factory setting Description: Sets the sensor type for the motor temperature monitoring.
  • Page 110 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The following applies from firmware version 4.7 SP6 and p0612.8 = 1: - p5390: when commissioning a catalog motor for the first time, p0605 is copied to p5390. - p5390: p5390 is of significance when evaluating the alarm threshold. - p5390: the stator winding temperature (r0632) is used to initiate the signal.
  • Page 111 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0610[0...n] Motor overtemperature response / Mot temp response Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8016, 8017, 8018 Factory setting Description: Sets the system response when the motor temperature reaches the alarm threshold.
  • Page 112 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0612[0...n] Mot_temp_mod activation / Mot_temp_mod act Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8017, 8018 Factory setting 0000 0010 0000 0010 bin Description:...
  • Page 113 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For bit 12 (only effective if a temperature sensor has not been parameterized): This bit is used to set the ambient temperature for the motor temperature model 1 (I2t). The following applies for firmware version < 4.7 SP6 (only bit 0): - this bit has no function.
  • Page 114 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: The hysteresis is 2 K. p0620[0...n] Thermal adaptation, stator and rotor resistance / Mot therm_adapt R Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1...
  • Page 115 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The measurement is carried out: - For induction motors - When vector control is active (see p1300) - if a temperature sensor (KTY/PT1000) has not been connected - When the motor is at a standstill when switched on When a flying restart is performed on a rotating motor, the temperatures of the thermal motor model are set to a third of the overtemperatures.
  • Page 116 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0626[0...n] Motor overtemperature, stator core / Mot T_over core Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: 21_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 117 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0630[0...n] Mot_temp_mod ambient temperature / Mod T_ambient Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2006 Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8018 Factory setting - [°C] - [°C] - [°C]...
  • Page 118 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters This parameter describes the interdependency of the unsaturated component of the quadrature axis current. Dependency: Refer to: p0634 p0636[0...n] Q flux direct axis current constant unsaturated / PSIQ KID UNSAT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: -...
  • Page 119 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0650[0...n] Actual motor operating hours / Mot t_oper act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0 [h] 4294967295 [h]...
  • Page 120 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters This means that the actual input signal can be checked at terminal DI x prior to switching from the simulation mode (p0795.x = 1) to the terminal mode (p0795.x = 0). Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal DI 0 (X07.4)
  • Page 121 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0722.0...5 CO/BO: CU digital inputs status / CU DI status CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 122 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0724 CU digital inputs debounce time / CU DI t_debounce Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 123 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0052.5 Quick stop active (OFF3) r0052.6 Switching-on inhibited active r0052.7 Alarm present r0052.9 Control request r0052.14 Motor rotates forwards r0053.0 DC braking active r0053.1 n_act > p2167 (n_off) r0053.2 n_act <= p1080 (n_min) r0053.3 I_act > p2170 r0053.4 n_act >...
  • Page 124 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Analog input AI0 wire breakage Analog input AI1 wire breakage Analog input AI0 no wire breakage Analog input AI1 no wire breakage Note: AI: Analog Input r0752[0...1] CO: CO: CU analog inputs input voltage/current actual / CU AI U/I_inp act CU240D-2_DP...
  • Page 125 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Warning: The maximum voltage difference between analog input terminals AI+, AI-, and the ground must not exceed 35 V. p0757[0...1] CU analog inputs characteristic value x1 / CU AI char x1 CU240D-2_DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN...
  • Page 126 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0761[0...1] CU analog inputs wire breakage monitoring response threshold / CU WireBrkThresh CU240D-2_DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 127 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal DI0 (X07.1) Simulation Terminal eval DI1 (X07.2) Simulation Terminal eval DI2 (X08.1) Simulation Terminal eval DI3 (X08.2) Simulation Terminal eval DI4 (X09.1) Simulation Terminal eval DI5 (X09.2) Simulation Terminal eval DI11 (X10.3, 7) AI0...
  • Page 128 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0796 CU digital inputs simulation mode setpoint / CU DI simul setp CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 129 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0802 Data transfer: memory card as source/target / mem_card src/targ Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the number for data transfer of a parameter backup from/to memory card.
  • Page 130 = (not relevant) p0804 = 12 (start transferring the GSD files to the memory card) --> The GSD files are transferred from the device memory to the memory card and stored in the /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/DATA/CFG directory. Value: Inactive Memory card to device memory...
  • Page 131 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0807.0 BO: Master control active / PcCtrl active Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays what has the master control.
  • Page 132 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0810 BI: Command data set selection CDS bit 0 / CDS select., bit 0 CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 133 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0821[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1 / DDS select., bit 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: C(15), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 134 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0836.0...1 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS selected / CDS selected Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560 Factory setting Description: Displays the command data set (CDS) selected via the binector input.
  • Page 135 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For drives with closed-loop speed control (p1300 = 20, 21), the following applies: - BI: p0840 = 0 signal: OFF1 (braking with the ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression) For drives with closed-loop torque control (p1300 = 22, 23), the following applies: - BI: p0840 = 0 signal: immediate pulse suppression For drives with closed-loop torque control (activated using p1501), the following applies: - BI: p0840 = 0 signal: No dedicated braking response, but pulse cancelation when standstill is detected (p1226,...
  • Page 136 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For passive infeeds (Basic Line Module) the following applies: - BI: p0840 = 0 signal: OFF1 (precharging contactor/line contactor open) - BI: p0840 = 0/1 signal: ON (precharging contactor/line contactor close) r0863.1 of a drive can also be selected as signal source. p0844[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1 / OFF2 S_src 1 CU240D-2_DP...
  • Page 137 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0845[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2 / OFF2 S_src 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 138 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The following signals are AND'ed: - BI: p0848 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 1" - BI: p0849 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 2" For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 2 (STW1.2). BI: p0848 = 0 signal or BI: p0849 = 0 signal - OFF3 (braking along the OFF3 ramp (p1135), then pulse suppression and switching-on inhibited) BI: p0848 = 1 signal and BI: p0849 = 1 signal...
  • Page 139 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p0852[0...n] BI: Enable operation/inhibit operation / Operation enable CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: -...
  • Page 140 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters BI: p0854 = 0 signal No control by PLC BI: p0854 = 1 signal Master control by PLC. Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: This bit is used to initiate a response for the drives when the control fails (F07220).
  • Page 141 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The factory setting for p0857 depends on the power unit. The monitoring time for the ready signal of the power unit includes the time to precharge the DC link and, if relevant, the de-bounce time of the contactors. If an excessively low value is entered into p0857, then after enable, this results in the corresponding fault.
  • Page 142 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0863.0...1 CO/BO: Drive coupling status word/control word / CoupleZSW/STW Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Display and BICO output for the status word and control word of the drive coupling.
  • Page 143 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: BI: p0897 = 0 signal The function "parking axis" is not selected. BI: p0897 = 1 signal The function "parking axis" is selected. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: After it has been selected the "parking axis"...
  • Page 144 Standard telegram 1, PZD-2/2 Standard telegram 20, PZD-2/6 350: SIEMENS telegram 350, PZD-4/4 352: SIEMENS telegram 352, PZD-6/6 353: SIEMENS telegram 353, PZD-2/2, PKW-4/4 354: SIEMENS telegram 354, PZD-6/6, PKW-4/4 999: Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency: Refer to: p2038...
  • Page 145 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Standard telegram 7, PZD-2/2 Standard telegram 9, PZD-10/5 110: SIEMENS telegram 110, PZD-12/7 111: SIEMENS telegram 111, PZD-12/12 999: Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency: Refer to: p2038 Refer to: F01505 Note: For p0922 = 100 ... 199, p2038 is automatically set to 1 and p2038 can no longer be changed. This means that for these telegrams, the "SIMODRIVE 611 universal"...
  • Page 146 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0945[56], r0949[56], r0948[56], r2109[56] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 1 . . . r0945[63], r0949[63], r0948[63], r2109[63] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 8 r0946[0...65534] Fault code list / Fault code list Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: -...
  • Page 147 Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the device identification. Index: [0] = Company (Siemens = 42) [1] = Device type [2] = Firmware version [3] = Firmware date (year) [4] = Firmware date (day/month) [5] = Number of drive objects...
  • Page 148 Start loading the delivery state saved with p0971=30 100: Start a BICO interconnection reset 300: Only Siemens int Dependency: Refer to: F01659 Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
  • Page 149 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: A factory setting run can only be started if p0010 was first set to 30 (parameter reset). At the end of the calculations, p0970 is automatically set to 0. Parameter reset is completed with p0970 = 0 and r3996[0] = 0. For p0970 = 5 the following applies: The password for Safety Integrated must be set.
  • Page 150 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: If value = 1: Reset is immediately executed and communications interrupted. After communications have been established, check the reset operation (refer below). If value = 2: Help to check the reset operation. Firstly, set p0972 = 2 and then read back. Secondly, set p0972 = 1 (it is possible that this request is possibly no longer acknowledged).
  • Page 151 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. In a long list, index 299 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues. This list consists solely of the following parameters: r0980[0...299], r0981[0...299] ...
  • Page 152 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0991[0...99] List of modified parameters 2 / List chang par 2 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 153 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Motor potentiometer + analog setpoint 2 Analog setpoint + no main setpoint Analog setpoint + motor potentiometer Analog setpoint + analog setpoint Analog setpoint + fixed speed setpoint Analog setpoint + fieldbus Analog setpoint + analog setpoint 2 Fixed speed setpoint + no main setpoint Fixed speed setpoint + motor potentiometer Fixed speed setpoint + analog setpoint...
  • Page 154 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Fixed speed setpoint + fieldbus Fieldbus + no main setpoint Fieldbus + motor potentiometer Fieldbus + fixed speed setpoint Fieldbus+fieldbus Dependency: When changing this parameter, the following settings are influenced: Refer to: p1070, p1071, p1075, p1076 Caution: If p1000 is selected as the main setpoint of the fieldbus, the following BICO interconnection is set automatically: p2051[1] = r0063...
  • Page 155 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1005[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 5 / n_set_fixed 5 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 156 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1010[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 10 / n_set_fixed 10 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 157 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1015[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 15 / n_set_fixed 15 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 158 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1022[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 2 / n_set_fixed Bit 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 159 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For bit 00: When the fixed speed setpoints are directly selected (p1016 = 1), this bit is set if at least 1 fixed speed setpoint is selected. p1030[0...n] Motorized potentiometer configuration / Mop configuration Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16...
  • Page 160 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The setpoint change (CO: r1050) depends on the set ramp-up time (p1047) and the duration of the signal that is present (BI: p1035). Dependency: Refer to: p1036 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p1035[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise / Mop raise CU250D-2_PN_F...
  • Page 161 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1038[0...n] Motorized potentiometer minimum speed / MotP n_min Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 162 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1043[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer accept setting value / MotP acc set val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 163 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1050 CO: Motor. potentiometer setpoint after the ramp-function generator / Mop setp after RFG Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 164 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1055[0...n] BI: Jog bit 0 / Jog bit 0 CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 165 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1056[0...n] BI: Jog bit 1 / Jog bit 1 CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 166 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1070[0...n] CI: Main setpoint / Main setpoint CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 167 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1075[0...n] CI: Suppl setp / Suppl setp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3001, 3030 Factory setting Description: Sets the signal source for the supplementary setpoint.
  • Page 168 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1081 Maximum speed scaling / n_max scal Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3050, 3095 Factory setting 100.00 [%] 105.00 [%]...
  • Page 169 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1083[0...n] CO: Speed limit in positive direction of rotation / n_limit pos Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 170 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1091[0...n] Skip speed 1 / n_skip 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050 Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm]...
  • Page 171 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1099.0 CO/BO: Skip band status word / Skip band ZSW Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Display and BICO output for the skip bands.
  • Page 172 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The selection of the total speed setpoint is automatically interconnected to the status word of the technology controller (r2349.4) if the technology controller is selected (p2200 > 0) and operated in the mode p2251 = 0. Refer to: p1109 Caution: If the technology controller is to supply the total setpoint using p1109, then it is not permissible to withdraw the...
  • Page 173 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1113[0...n] BI: Setpoint inversion / Setp inv CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 174 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Another ramp-function generator type can only be selected when the motor is at a standstill. r1119 CO: Ramp-function generator setpoint at the input / RFG setp at inp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000...
  • Page 175 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1123[0...n] Ramp-function generator minimum ramp-up time / RFG t_RU min Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 176 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1134[0...n] Ramp-function generator rounding-off type / RFG round-off type Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 177 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The ramp-up time is set in p1120. p1139[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator ramp-down time scaling / RFG t_RD scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn.
  • Page 178 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1141[0...n] BI: Continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator / Continue RFG CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 179 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 180 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: 0/1 signal: The ramp-function generator output is immediately (without delay) set to the setting value of the ramp-function generator. 1 signal: The setting value of the ramp-function generator is effective. 1/0 signal: The input value of the ramp-function generator is effective. The ramp-function generator output is adapted to the input value using the ramp-up time or the ramp-down time.
  • Page 181 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1148[0...n] Ramp-function gen. tolerance for ramp-up and ramp-down active / RFG tol HL/RL act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 182 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For OFF1/OFF3, the ramp-function generator ramp is effective. The ramp-function generator is set (to the setpoint (r1170)) and stops the drive corresponding to the ramp-down time (p1121 or p1135). While stopping via the ramp-function generator, STW1.4 is effective (enable ramp-function generator).
  • Page 183 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1198.0...15 CO/BO: Control word setpoint channel / STW setpoint chan Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505 Factory setting Description: Display and BICO output for the control word of the setpoint channel.
  • Page 184 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: A differentiation is made between flying restart for U/f control and for vector control (p1300). Flying restart, U/f control: p1202, p1203, r1204 Flying restart, vector control: p1202, p1203, r1205 For synchronous motors, flying restart cannot be activated. Refer to: p1201 Refer to: F07330, F07331 Notice:...
  • Page 185 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1203[0...n] Flying restart search rate factor / FlyRst v_Srch Fact Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 186 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Speed adaptation circuit set I comp to 0 Current control on Isd_set = 0 A Frequency held Search in the positive direction Search Started Current impressed Search interrupted Speed adaptation circuit deviation = 0 Speed control activated Note: For bit 00 ...
  • Page 187 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For p1210 = 1: Faults that are present are automatically acknowledged. If new faults occur after a successful fault acknowledgment, then these are also automatically acknowledged again. p1211 has no influence on the number of acknowledgment attempts.
  • Page 188 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1212 Automatic restart delay time start attempts / AR t_wait start Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 189 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1214.0...15 CO/BO: Automatic restart status / AR status Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the status of the automatic restart (AR).
  • Page 190 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1215 Motor holding brake configuration / Brake config Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2701 Factory setting Description: Sets the holding brake configuration.
  • Page 191 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1226[0...n] Threshold for zero speed detection / n_standst n_thresh Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 192 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: When the motor holding brake is activated, pulse cancellation is additionally delayed by the brake closing time (p1217). p1230[0...n] BI: DC braking activation / DC brake act Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 193 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1232[0...n] DC braking braking current / DCBRK I_brake Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 194 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters DC braking selection internally inhibited DC braking for OFF1/OFF3 Dependency: Refer to: p1231, p1232, p1233, p1234 Note: For bit 12, 13: Only effective for p1231 = 14. p1271[0...n] Flying restart maximum frequency for the inhibited direction / FlyRes f_max dir Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32...
  • Page 195 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Closed-loop speed or torque control (with encoder) cannot be selected if the encoder type is not entered (p0400). Operation with speed controller is not possible for permanent-magnet synchronous motors. Refer to: p0300, p0311, p0400, p1501 Notice: Active slip compensation is required in the U/f control types with Eco mode (p1300 = 4, 7).
  • Page 196 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1310[0...n] Starting current (voltage boost) permanent / I_start (Ua) perm Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 197 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1312[0...n] Starting current (voltage boost) when starting / I_start start Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 198 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Selects the freely programmable characteristic using p1300 = 3. Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Refer to: p1310, p1311, p1320, p1322, p1323, p1324, p1325, p1326, p1327 Note: Linear interpolation is carried out between the points 0 Hz/p1310, p1320/p1321 ...
  • Page 199 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters This parameter specifies the voltage of the third point along the characteristic. Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Refer to: p1310, p1311, p1320, p1321, p1322, p1323, p1324, p1326, p1327 p1326[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic frequency 4 / Uf char f4 Access level: 3...
  • Page 200 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1331[0...n] Voltage limiting / U_lim Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6300 Factory setting 50.00 [Vrms] 2000.00 [Vrms] 1000.00 [Vrms]...
  • Page 201 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The purpose of slip compensation is to maintain a constant motor speed regardless of the applied load. The fact that the motor speed decreases with increasing load is a typical characteristic of induction motors. For synchronous motors, this effect does not occur and the parameter has no effect in this case.
  • Page 202 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1340[0...n] I_max frequency controller proportional gain / I_max_ctrl Kp Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 203 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1344 I_max controller voltage output / I_max_ctrl U_outp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6300 Factory setting - [Vrms] - [Vrms]...
  • Page 204 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1349[0...n] U/f mode resonance damping maximum frequency / Uf res_damp f_max Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 205 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Refer to: p1216 Note: A value of 100% corresponds to the motor rated slip (r0330). The setting of the starting frequency begins after magnetizing (see p0346, r0056.4) and ends once the brake opening time (p1216) has elapsed and the starting frequency (p1334) has been reached.
  • Page 206 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Note: For bit 00 (not for permanent-magnet synchronous motors): Initially, the flux is only established with a low rate of rise when magnetizing the induction motor. The flux setpoint p1570 is reached again at the end of the magnetizing time p0346.
  • Page 207 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1407.0...27 CO/BO: Status word speed controller / ZSW n_ctrl Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2522 Factory setting Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the speed controller.
  • Page 208 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1416[0...n] Speed setpoint filter 1 time constant / n_set_filt 1 T Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 209 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1442[0...n] Speed controller speed actual value smoothing time / n_ctr n_act T_smth Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 210 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1454 CO: Speed controller system deviation I component / n_ctrl sys dev Tn Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 211 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1458[0...n] Adaptation factor lower / Adapt_factor lower Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6050 Factory setting 0.0 [%] 200000.0 [%]...
  • Page 212 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1462[0...n] Speed controller integral time adaptation speed lower / n_ctrl Tn n lower Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 213 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p1460, p1461, p1462, p1463, p1464 Note: If the upper transition point p1465 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values than the lower transition point p1464, then the controller below p1465 is adapted with p1461 or p1463.
  • Page 214 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Note: The integral component is stopped if the complete controller output or the sum of controller output and torque pre- control reach the torque limit. p1475[0...n] CI: Speed controller torque setting value for motor holding brake / n_ctrl M_sv MHB Access level: 3...
  • Page 215 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The setting value of the speed controller integrator is weighted with the scaling factor of the signal source in p1479. If p1478 is interconnected to the integral output of the speed controller (r1482), then after the magnetizing time (r0346) and if the speed controller is enabled, the integral component of the controller is set to the last value before the pulse inhibit.
  • Page 216 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1487[0...n] Droop compensation torque scaling / Droop M_comp scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 217 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Refer to: p1486, p1487, p1488, p1489, p1492 p1492[0...n] BI: Droop feedback enable / Droop enable Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary...
  • Page 218 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: (p0341 * p0342) + p1498 influence the speed/torque pre-control in encoderless operation. p1499[0...n] Accelerating for torque control scaling / a for M_ctrl scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 219 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1501[0...n] BI: Change over between closed-loop speed/torque control / Changeov n/M_ctrl Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 220 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1508 CO: Torque setpoint before supplementary torque / M_set bef. M_suppl Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 221 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1515 Supplementary torque total / M_suppl total Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6020, 6060 Factory setting - [Nm] - [Nm]...
  • Page 222 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Danger: Negative values when setting the upper torque limit (p1520 < 0) can result in the motor accelerating in an uncontrollable fashion. Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. Note: The torque limit is limited to 400% of the rated motor torque.
  • Page 223 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. Note: This parameter can be freely interconnected.
  • Page 224 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1528[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper scaling / M_max upper scal CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 225 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1531[0...n] Power limit regenerative / P_max gen Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 226 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1538 CO: Upper effective torque limit / M_max upper eff Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6020, 6640 Factory setting - [Nm] - [Nm]...
  • Page 227 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1547[0...1] CO: Torque limit for speed controller output / M_max outp n_ctrl Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 228 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1554[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower scaling without offset / M_max low w/o offs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 229 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1563[0...n] CO: Mom. of inertia estimator load torque direction of rotation pos. / J_est M pos Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 230 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p0500 Note: In the field weakening range, it must be expected that the control dynamic performance is somewhat restricted due to the limited possibilities of controlling/adjusting the voltage.
  • Page 231 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1584[0...n] Field weakening operation flux setpoint smoothing time / Field weak T_smth Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 232 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1593[0...1] CO: Field weakening controller / flux controller output / Field/Fl_ctrl outp Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 233 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) r1598 CO: Total flux setpoint / Flux setp total Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn.
  • Page 234 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The value is the basis for the flux setpoint. The maximum possible EMF depends on the following factors: - Actual DC link voltage (r0070). - Maximum modulation depth (p1803). - Field-generating and torque-generating current setpoint. Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control"...
  • Page 235 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1702[0...n] Isd current controller pre-control scaling / Isd_ctr_prectrScal Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6714 Factory setting 0.0 [%] 200.0 [%]...
  • Page 236 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1719 Isq controller integral component / Isq_ctrl I_comp Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6714 Factory setting - [Vrms] - [Vrms]...
  • Page 237 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: This parameter is ineffective for sensorless vector control. In this case, p1727 is always used. If p1726 is set to 0, then the quadrature de-coupling is de-activated. The integral component of the Isd current controller remains effective in the complete speed control range.
  • Page 238 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1731[0...n] Isd controller combination current time component / Isd ctr I_combi T1 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 239 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If the adaptation controller output exceeds the parameterized speed difference, then in status word r1408.11 is set = Dependency: If a stalled drive is detected (r1408.11 = 1), fault F07902 is output after the delay time set in p2178. Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control"...
  • Page 240 If bit 2 = 1, then bit 3 is automatically set to 1. Manual de-selection is possible and may be sensible if the saturation characteristic (p1960) was not measured for third-party motors. Generally, for standard SIEMENS motors, the already pre-assigned (default value) saturation characteristic is adequate.
  • Page 241 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Encoder operation Active Inactive Holding angle Acceleration criterion Active Inactive Set angular integrator PMSM Stop Kt adaptation PMSM PolID active PMSM encoderless I injection PMSM Speed controller output cannot be set to zero Rs adapt waits Motor operation Stator frequency sign Positive...
  • Page 242 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p1752 Note: The value refers to p1752. p1755[0...n] Motor model changeover speed encoderless operation / MotMod n_chgSnsorl Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T...
  • Page 243 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1759[0...n] Motor model changeover delay time open/closed-loop control / MotMod t op_cl Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 244 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1763 Motor model deviation component 2 / MotMod dev comp 2 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 245 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1770 CO: Motor model speed adaptation proportional component / MotMod n_adapt Kp Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 246 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Note: The value is pre-set during the rotating measurement. r1776[0...6] Motor model status signals / MotMod status sig Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32...
  • Page 247 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Select ASM Rr adaptation (only with encoder) Select pole position identification PMSM encoderless Select T(valve) with Rs adaptation Filter time combination current like current ctrl integral time Start PMSM sensorless with last angle Fast pulsed pole position identification Delay of the precontrol speed to the motor model RESM Q flux model linear active...
  • Page 248 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1786[0...n] Motor model Lh adaptation integral time / MotMod Lh Tn Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 249 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1), "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) r1797[0...n] Motor model kT adaptation corrective value / MotMod kT corr Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: -...
  • Page 250 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Automatic changeover SVM/FLB Space vector modulation (SVM) SVM without overcontrol SVM/FLB without overcontrol Dependency: If a sine-wave filter is parameterized as output filter (p0230 = 3, 4), then only space vector modulation without overcontrol can be selected as modulation type (p1802 = 3).
  • Page 251 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1810 Modulator configuration / Modulator config Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the modulator.
  • Page 252 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1825 Converter valve threshold voltage / Threshold voltage Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 253 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1900 Motor data identification and rotating measurement / MotID and rot meas CU240D-2_DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 254 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1900 Motor data identification and rotating measurement / MotID and rot meas CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 255 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1901 Test pulse evaluation configuration / Test puls config Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 256 All motor data and the drive converter characteristics are identified and then transferred to the following parameters: p0350, p0354, p0356, p0357, p0358, p0360, p1825, p1828, p1829, p1830 After this, the control parameter p0340 = 3 is automatically calculated. p1910 = 20: Only for internal SIEMENS use. Value: Inhibited Complete identification (ID) and acceptance of motor data...
  • Page 257 All motor data and the drive converter characteristics are identified and then transferred to the following parameters: p0350, p0354, p0356, p0357, p0358, p0360, p1825, p1828, p1829, p1830 After this, the control parameter p0340 = 3 is automatically calculated. p1910 = 20: Only for internal SIEMENS use. Value: Inhibited Complete identification (ID) and acceptance of motor data...
  • Page 258 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: "Quick commissioning" must be carried out (p0010 = 1, p3900 > 0) before executing the motor data identification routine! When selecting the motor data identification routine, the drive data set changeover is suppressed. Refer to: p1900 Refer to: F07990, A07991 Notice:...
  • Page 259 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W r1914[0...2] Identified total leakage inductance / L_total_leak ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 260 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W r1919[0...2] Identified stator inductance 4 / L_stator 4 ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 261 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Enc test active Saturation characteristic identification Moment of inertia identification Re-calculates the speed controller parameters Speed controller optimization (vibration test) Yes Do not change the controller parameters during the measurement Dependency: Refer to: F07988...
  • Page 262 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: When the rotating measurement is activated, it is not possible to save the parameters (p0971). Parameter changes are automatically made for the rotating measurement (e.g. p1120); this is the reason that up to the end of the measurement, and if no faults are present, no manual changes should be made.
  • Page 263 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For a rotating measurement, this parameter can be used to optimize the speed controller. p1967 = 100 % --> speed controller optimization according to a symmetric optimum. p1967 > 100 % --> optimization with a higher dynamic response (Kp higher, Tn lower). If the actual dynamic response (see r1968) is significantly reduced with respect to the required dynamic response (p1967), then this can be as a result of mechanical load oscillations.
  • Page 264 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1974 Speed_ctrl_opt saturation characteristic rotor flux maximum / n_opt rot_fl max Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 265 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1984 PolID angular difference / PolID ang diff Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [°] - [°]...
  • Page 266 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For high moments of inertia, it is practical to scale the runtime of the calibration higher. p2000 Reference speed reference frequency / n_ref f_ref Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 267 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2002 Reference current / I_ref Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0.10 [Arms] 100000.00 [Arms] 100.00 [Arms]...
  • Page 268 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2004 Reference power / P_ref Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Factory setting - [kW] - [kW] - [kW] Description:...
  • Page 269 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: This parameter is only updated during the automatic calculation (p0340 = 1, p3900 > 0) if motor commissioning was carried out beforehand for drive data set zero. This means that the parameter is not locked against overwriting using p0573 = 1.
  • Page 270 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Number of error-free telegrams [1] = Number of rejected telegrams [2] = Number of framing errors [3] = Number of overrun errors [4] = Number of parity errors [5] = Number of starting character errors [6] = Number of checksum errors [7] = Number of length errors p2030...
  • Page 271 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Jog bit 1 3030 Master control by PLC Notice: The master control only influences control word 1 and speed setpoint 1. Other control word/setpoints can be transferred from another automation device. Note: OC: Operating condition p2037 PROFIdrive STW1.10 = 0 mode / PD STW1.10=0 Access level: 3...
  • Page 272 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2042 PROFIBUS Ident Number / PB Ident No. CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Sets the PROFIBUS Ident Number (PNO-ID).
  • Page 273 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2050[0...11] CO: PROFIBUS PZD receive word / PZD recv word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2440, 2468 Factory setting Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with word format received from the fieldbus controller.
  • Page 274 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = PZD 1 [1] = PZD 2 [2] = PZD 3 [3] = PZD 4 [4] = PZD 5 [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 [8] = PZD 9 [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12...
  • Page 275 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2054 PROFIBUS status / PB status CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_DP_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410 Factory setting Description: Status display for the PROFIBUS interface.
  • Page 276 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: Where there is a multiple interconnection of a connector output, all the connector inputs must either have Integer or FloatingPoint data types. A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r2050 or r2060. p2061[0...15] CI: PROFIBUS PZD send double word / PZD send DW Access level: 3...
  • Page 277 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15...
  • Page 278 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2071 PROFIdrive SIC/SCC start send / SIC/SCC start send CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 279 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = PZD 1 [1] = PZD 2 [2] = PZD 3 [3] = PZD 4 [4] = PZD 5 [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 [8] = PZD 9 [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12...
  • Page 280 Standard telegram 1, PZD-2/2 Standard telegram 20, PZD-2/6 350: SIEMENS telegram 350, PZD-4/4 352: SIEMENS telegram 352, PZD-6/6 353: SIEMENS telegram 353, PZD-2/2, PKW-4/4 354: SIEMENS telegram 354, PZD-6/6, PKW-4/4 999: Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency: Refer to: p0922 Note: For p0922 <...
  • Page 281 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2080[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1 CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 282 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [7] = Bit 7 [8] = Bit 8 [9] = Bit 9 [10] = Bit 10 [11] = Bit 11 [12] = Bit 12 [13] = Bit 13 [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 Notice:...
  • Page 283 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [11] = Bit 11 [12] = Bit 12 [13] = Bit 13 [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p2083[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4 Access level: 3...
  • Page 284 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2088[0...4] Invert binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW inv CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 285 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted Dependency: Refer to: p2080, p2081, p2082, p2083, r2089 r2089[0...4] CO: Send binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW send Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: -...
  • Page 286 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 14 Bit 15 r2091.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial / PZD2 recv bitw Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 287 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2093.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial / PZD4 recv bitw Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468 Factory setting Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD4 (normally control word 2) received from the PROFIdrive...
  • Page 288 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2095.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468 Factory setting Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller.
  • Page 289 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2099[0...1] CI: Connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 290 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For value = 2 (OFF2): Internal/external pulse inhibit. For value = 3 (OFF3): Braking along the OFF3 down ramp followed by a pulse inhibit. For value = 5 (STOP2): n_set = 0 For value = 6 (armature short-circuit, internal/DC braking): This value can only be set for all drive data sets when p1231 = 4.
  • Page 291 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2104[0...n] BI: 2nd acknowledge faults / 2nd acknowledge CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 292 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2109[0...63] Fault time removed in milliseconds / t_flt resolved ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060 Factory setting - [ms] - [ms]...
  • Page 293 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Milliseconds [1] = Days Dependency: Refer to: r0948, r2109, r2123, r2125, r2130, r2136, r2145, r2146 Note: When the electronic power supply is switched out, the counter values are saved. After the drive unit is switched on, the counter continues to run with the last value that was saved. p2116[0...n] BI: External alarm 2 / External alarm 2 Access level: 3...
  • Page 294 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a message is present. The change only becomes effective after the message has gone. The message type can only be changed for messages with the appropriate identification (exception, value = 0). Example: F12345(A) -->...
  • Page 295 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122. r2124[0...63] Alarm value / Alarm value Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32...
  • Page 296 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been resolved. The acknowledge mode can only be changed for faults with the appropriate identification. Example: F12345 and acknowledge mode = IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) -->...
  • Page 297 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). r2131 CO: Actual fault code / Act fault code Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 298 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2136[0...63] Fault time removed in days / t_flt resolv days Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060 Factory setting Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the fault was removed.
  • Page 299 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2140[0...n] Hysteresis speed 2 / n_hysteresis 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 300 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2146[0...63] Alarm time removed in days / t_alarm res days Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8065 Factory setting Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the alarm was cleared.
  • Page 301 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2150[0...n] Hysteresis speed 3 / n_hysteresis 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 302 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters "|n_act| < = speed threshold value 2" (BO: r2197.1) "|n_act| > speed threshold value 2" (BO: r2197.2) Dependency: Refer to: p2140, r2197 p2156[0...n] On delay comparison value reached / t_on cmpr val rchd Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T...
  • Page 303 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2161[0...n] Speed threshold 3 / n_thresh val 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 304 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2166[0...n] Off delay n_act = n_set / t_del_off n_i=n_so Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 305 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2172[0...n] DC link voltage threshold value / Vdc thresh val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 306 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2176[0...n] Torque threshold value comparison delay time / M_thrsh comp T_del Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 307 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2180[0...n] Output load detection delay time / Out_load det t_del Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 308 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The envelope curve (upper and lower envelope curve) is defined as follows based on 3 speed thresholds: p2182 (n_threshold 1) --> p2185 (M_threshold 1, upper), p2186 (M_threshold 1, lower) p2183 (n_threshold 2) --> p2187 (M_threshold 2, upper), p2188 (M_threshold 2, lower) p2184 (n_threshold 3) -->...
  • Page 309 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2187[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 2 upper / M_thresh 2 upper Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 310 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2192[0...n] Load monitoring delay time / Load monit t_del Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 311 The threshold value is set in p2179 and the delay time in p2180. For bit 12: The threshold value is set in p2182, the hysteresis in p2162, and the delay time (for canceling the signal) in p2152. For bit 13: Only for internal Siemens use. SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 312 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2198.0...13 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 2 / ZSW monitor 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2536 Factory setting Description: Display and BICO output for the second status word of the monitoring functions.
  • Page 313 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2200[0...n] BI: Technology controller enable / Tec_ctrl enable CU240D-2_DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 314 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2205[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 5 / Tec_ctr fix val 5 CU240D-2_DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func.
  • Page 315 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2210[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 10 / Tec_ctr fix val 10 CU240D-2_DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func.
  • Page 316 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2215[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 15 / Tec_ctr fix val 15 CU240D-2_DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func.
  • Page 317 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2223[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 3 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 318 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: For p0014 = 1, the following applies: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0. Note: For bit 00: 0: The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240.
  • Page 319 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2236[0...n] BI: Technology controller motorized potentiometer lower setpoint / Tec_ctrl mop lower CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 320 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2247[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer ramp-up time / Tec_ctr mop t_r-up CU240D-2_DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 321 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2252 Technology controller configuration / Tec_ctrl config CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 322 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2254[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 2 / Tec_ctrl setp 2 CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 323 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2260 CO: Technology controller setpoint after ramp-function generator / Tec_ctr set aftRFG CU240D-2_DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func.
  • Page 324 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2266 CO: Technology controller actual value after filter / Tec_ctr act aftFlt CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func.
  • Page 325 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2271 Technology controller actual value inversion (sensor type) / Tech_ctrl act inv CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 326 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2280 Technology controller proportional gain / Tec_ctrl Kp CU240D-2_DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 327 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2291 CO: Technology controller maximum limiting / Tec_ctrl max_lim CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 328 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2296[0...n] CI: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 329 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The starting value is only effective in the mode "technology controller as main speed setpoint" (p2251 = 0). If the technology controller is first enabled when the drive is switched on, a start speed remains ineffective, and the controller output starts with the actual setpoint speed of the ramp-function generator.
  • Page 330 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2344 CO: Technology controller last speed setpoint (smoothed) / Tec_ctrl n_setp_sm CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 331 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Technology controller starting value at the current limit Technology controller actual value at the minimum Technology controller actual value at the maximum Technology controller output at the minimum Technology controller output at the maximum Fault response active Technology controller limiting enable Note:...
  • Page 332 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The gearbox factor between the encoder shaft and the motor shaft is set using p0432 and p0433. p2505[0...n] LR motor/load load revolutions / Mot/load load rev CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: C(25) Scaling: -...
  • Page 333 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The encoder adjustment is initiated with p2507 = 2. The status is displayed using the other values. In order to permanently save the determined position offset (p2525) and the DDS number (p2733), they must be saved in a non-volatile fashion (p0971, p0977).
  • Page 334 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2510[0...3] BI: LR selecting measuring probe evaluation / MT_eval select CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 335 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2513[0...3] CI: LR Position actual value preprocessing corrective value / Act val_prep corr CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 336 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2516[0...3] CI: LR position offset / Position offset CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 337 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p0490, p2509, p2510, p2511 Note: DI: Digital Input If parameter change is rejected, it should be checked whether the input terminal is not already being used in p0488, p0489, p0493, p0494 or p0580.
  • Page 338 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2521[0...3] CO: LR position actual value / s_act CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 4010 Factory setting - [LU] - [LU]...
  • Page 339 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2524 CO: LR LU/revolution / LU/revolution CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3630, 4010 Factory setting - [LU] - [LU]...
  • Page 340 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2527.0...2 CO/BO: LR actual value sensing status word encoder 1 / ActValSensZSW enc1 CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 341 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2533[0...n] LR position setpoint filter time constant / s_set_filt T CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 342 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2537 CI: LR position controller adaptation / Adaptation CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 343 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2542 LR standstill window / Standstill window CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 4020 Factory setting 0 [LU] 2147483647 [LU]...
  • Page 344 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p2543, p2544, r2684 Refer to: F07451 Note: The following applies for the setting of the standstill and positioning monitoring time: Standstill monitoring time (p2543) <= positioning monitoring time (p2545) p2546[0...n] LR dynamic following error monitoring tolerance / s_delta_monit tol CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: -...
  • Page 345 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The position controller is enabled by the following AND logic operation: - BI: p2549 - BI: p2550 p2550 BI: LR enable 2 / Enable 2 CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: -...
  • Page 346 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2554 BI: LR signal traversing command active / Sig trav_cmnd act CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 347 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2559 CO: LR position controller output I component / LR_outp I comp CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 348 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2564 CO: LR torque pre-control value / M_prectrl val CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 349 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2568 BI: EPOS STOP cam activation / STOP cam act CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 350 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Caution: The STOP cams are low active. Sets message 07492 as fault (F07492): For a 0 signal, the axis is stopped with the OFF3 ramp-down time (p1135), status signal r2684.14 is set to 1, saved and the appropriate fault is output.
  • Page 351 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The maximum deceleration appears to exhibit jumps (without jerk). "Traversing blocks" operating mode: The programmed deceleration override (p2620) acts on the maximum deceleration. "Direct setpoint input/MDI" mode: The deceleration override is effective (p2645, 4000 hex = 100 %). "Jog"...
  • Page 352 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2577 BI: EPOS modulo correction activation / Modulo corr act CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 353 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2581 CO: EPOS software limit switch plus / SW lim switch plus CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 354 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2604 = 0: Traveling in the positive direction -> A compensation value is not entered Traveling in the negative direction -> A compensation value is immediately entered. When again setting the reference point (a referenced axis) or for "flying referencing", p2604 is not relevant but instead the history of the axis.
  • Page 355 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2589 BI: EPOS jog 1 signal source / Jog 1 S_src CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 356 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2594[0...2] CI: EPOS Maximum velocity externally limited / v_Max ext lim CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 357 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2597 BI: EPOS referencing type selection / Ref_typ select CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 358 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2600 EPOS search for reference reference point offset / Ref_pt offset CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 359 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: For p2603 = 0 the direction can change. p2604 BI: EPOS search for reference start direction / Srch for ref dir CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 360 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2608 EPOS search for reference approach velocity zero mark / v_appr ref_ZM CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 361 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2612 BI: EPOS search for reference reference cam / Ref_cam CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 362 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2616[0...n] EPOS traversing block block number / Trav_blk, blkNo. CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: p2615 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 363 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2620[0...n] EPOS traversing deceleration override / Trav_block -a_over CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: p2615 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 364 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2623[0...n] EPOS traversing block task mode / Trav_block mode CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: p2615 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 365 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2626 BI: EPOS traversing block selection bit 1 / Trav_blk sel bit 1 CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 366 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2632 EPOS external block change evaluation / Ext BlckChg eval CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 367 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: If, after the fixed stop is reached, the end stop shifts in either the positive or negative direction by more than the value set here, then BO: r2526.5 is set to 1 and an appropriate message is output. p2637 BI: EPOS fixed stop reached / Fixed stop reached CU250D-2_PN_F...
  • Page 368 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2640 BI: EPOS intermediate stop (0 signal) / Intermediate stop CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 369 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2643 CI: EPOS direct setpoint input/MDI velocity setpoint / MDI v_set CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 370 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2647 BI: EPOS direct setpoint input/MDI selection / MDI selection CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 371 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2650 BI: EPOS direct setpoint input/MDI setpoint acceptance edge / MDI setp_accept CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 372 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The following applies for "positioning": Using binector inputs p2651 and p2652, when the modulo correction (BI: p2577 = 1 signal) is activated and for absolute positioning (BI: p2648 = 1 signal), the traversing direction is specified as follows: BI: p2651 / BI: p2652 0 signal / 0 signal: Absolute positioning through the shortest distance.
  • Page 373 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2655[0...1] BI: EPOS select tracking mode / Sel tracking mode CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 374 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters BI: p2658 = 1 signal The position actual value received via CI: p2657 is valid. BI: p2658 = 0 signal The position actual value received via CI: p2657 is invalid. Dependency: Refer to: r2526, p2657 Note: While a 0 signal is present, the position setpoint (p2665) is held at the value of 0.
  • Page 375 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r2526, p2660 p2663 BI: EPOS clamping active feedback signal / Clamping active FS CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 376 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2669 CO: EPOS actual operating mode / Op mode act CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 377 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2672 CO: EPOS actual velocity setpoint / v_set act CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 378 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2676 CO: EPOS actual task parameter / Task para act CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 379 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p2571, p2646 Note: The effective override can differ from the specified override due to limits (e.g. p2571, maximum velocity). r2682 CO: EPOS residual distance to go / Residual distance CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 CU250D-2_DP_F...
  • Page 380 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Search for reference active Active Not active 3612 Flying referencing active Active Not active 3614 Referencing active Active Not active Printing mark outside outer window 3614 Axis accelerating 3635 Axis decelerating...
  • Page 381 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2687 CO: EPOS torque setpoint / M_set CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3616, 3617 Factory setting - [Nm] - [Nm]...
  • Page 382 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2730[0...3] BI: LR pos. actual value preprocessing activate neg. corr. (edge) / ActV_prep neg corr CU250D-2_PN_F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU250D-2_DP_F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 383 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2901[0...n] CO: Fixed value 2 [%] / Fixed value 2 [%] Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 384 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Valid values are only displayed when the pulses are inhibited. For index 0: Display of the entered direct axis current id in Arms: For index 1, 2, 3: Display of the saturation curves of the direct axis flux psid(id, iq): - r2969[1]: flux in Vsrms with respect to the direct axis current for iq = 0 - r2969[2]: flux in Vsrms with respect to the direct axis current for iq = 0.5* p2950 - r2969[3]: flux in Vsrms with respect to the direct axis current for iq = p2950...
  • Page 385 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters External fault 3 is initiated by the following AND logic operation: - BI: p2108 negated - BI: p3111 - BI: p3112 negated Dependency: Refer to: p2108, p3110, p3111 Refer to: F07862 r3113.0...15 CO/BO: NAMUR message bit bar / NAMUR bit bar Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16...
  • Page 386 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For bit 09: When evaluating the encoder signals (track signals, zero marks, absolute values, ...) an illegal signal state was detected. Check the encoder / state of the encoder signals. Observe the maximum frequencies. For bit 10: The internal communication between the SINAMICS components is faulted or interrupted.
  • Page 387 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3122 Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945. r3121[0...63] Component alarm / Comp alarm CU240D-2_DP...
  • Page 388 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945. For bits 20 ... 16: Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 -->...
  • Page 389 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 2: line fault Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 3: supply voltage fault Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 -->...
  • Page 390 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3231[0...n] Load monitoring speed deviation / Load monit n_dev Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 391 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The characteristic comprises the following value pairs: Power (P) / speed (n) p3320 / p3321 --> point 1 (P1 / n1) p3322 / p3323 --> point 2 (P2 / n2) p3324 / p3325 --> point 3 (P3 / n3) p3326 / p3327 -->...
  • Page 392 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041. p3324[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 3 / Fluid_mach P3 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: -...
  • Page 393 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3328[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 5 / Fluid_mach P5 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 394 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3822[0...n] Friction characteristic value n2 / Friction n2 Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 395 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3827[0...n] Friction characteristic value n7 / Friction n7 Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
  • Page 396 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3832[0...n] Friction characteristic value M2 / Friction M2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010 Factory setting -1000000.0000 [Nm] 1000000.0000 [Nm]...
  • Page 397 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3837[0...n] Friction characteristic value M7 / Friction M7 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7010 Factory setting -1000000.0000 [Nm] 1000000.0000 [Nm]...
  • Page 398 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3842 Friction characteristic activation / Frict act Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7010 Factory setting Description: Setting to activate and de-activate the friction characteristic.
  • Page 399 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Friction characteristic record de-activated Friction char record activated for all directions Friction char record activated for positive direction Friction char record activated for negative direction Dependency: When selecting the friction characteristic measurement, the drive data set changeover is suppressed. For linear drives (refer to r0108 bit 12) it is not permissible to carry out the friction characteristic measurement for mechanical systems that limit travel.
  • Page 400 When calculating motor, open-loop and closed-loop control parameters (such as for p0340 = 1) parameters associated with a selected Siemens catalog motor are not overwritten. If a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300), then the following parameters are reset with p3900 > 0 in order to restore the situation that applied when commissioning the drive for the first time: induction motor: p0320, p0352, p0362 ...
  • Page 401 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Automatic parameterization as dynamic drive control Motor equivalent circuit diagram parameters changed Note: The individual bits are only set if the appropriate action has been initiated and successfully completed. When motor rating plate parameters are changed, the final display is reset. r3926[0...n] Voltage generation alternating base voltage amplitude / U_gen altern base Access level: 4...
  • Page 402 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3928[0...n] Rotating measurement configuration / Rot meas config Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 403 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3930[0...4] Power unit EEPROM characteristics / PU characteristics Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the characteristics (A5E number and versions) of the power unit.
  • Page 404 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3978 BICO CounterDevice / BICO CounterDevice Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the counter reading for modified BICO interconnections on this device.
  • Page 405 Drive object modified Download using commissioning software Parameter download using commissioning software Reset Control Unit 100: Start initialization 101: Only for internal Siemens use 110: Instantiate Control Unit basis 111: Insert drive object 112: Only for internal Siemens use 113:...
  • Page 406 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4621[0...n] Motor temperature sensor configuration / Mot_temp_sens cfg Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0000 bin Description:...
  • Page 407 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If value = 3: The value in XIST1_ERW is reset after a 0/1 edge via binector input p4655 when passing the next zero mark. r4653[0...2] CO: XIST1_ERW actual value / XIST1_ERW actval Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: -...
  • Page 408 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4681[0...n] Zero mark monitoring tolerance window limit 1 positive / ZM tol lim 1 pos Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(4) Scaling: - Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 409 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0437, p4683, p4688 Refer to: F31131, A31422 Note: Zero mark monitoring is activated by setting p0437.2 = 1 (position actual value correction). For a set value = -100001, the negated value of p4683 is effective. p4685[0...n] Speed actual value mean value generation / n_act mean val Access level: 3...
  • Page 410 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p5271[0...n] Online tuning configuration controller / Ot config ctrl Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5045 Factory setting 0000 0000 bin Description:...
  • Page 411 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For bit 00: Calculation for the constant and linear coefficients of the moment of inertia precontrol is activated. The results are written to parameters (p5312, p5313, p5314, p5315). For bit 01: The moment of inertia precontrol is activated. The moment of inertia is calculated from the currently measured load torque and the saved coefficients (p5312, p5313, p5314, p5315).
  • Page 412 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The function module "Moment of inertia estimator" (r0108.10) must be activated for the "Moment of inertia precontrol" function. Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: p5310, r5311, p5312, p5314, p5315 p5314[0...n] Moment of inertia precontrol linear negative / J_est lin neg Access level: 3...
  • Page 413 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The entered factor is active for speed n = 0 [rpm]. This factor is linearly reduced down to 1 between speeds n = 0 ... 1 [rpm]. The following values are required to calculate the boost factor: - stall current (I_0, p0318, catalog value) - thermal stall current (I_th0, catalog value) The boost factor is calculated as follows:...
  • Page 414 This value is used to calculate the utilization display (p0034). The parameter value is an image of p0613. Dependency: Refer to: r0034 Note: Users cannot see and change parameter p0613 (only Siemens internal). SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 415 The parameter value is an image of p5390. Dependency: Refer to: p5390 Refer to: F07011, A07012, A07014 Note: Users cannot see and change parameter p5390 (only Siemens internal). r5399[0...n] Mot_temp_mod 3 fault threshold image p5391 / F thr image p5391 Access level: 2 Calculated: -...
  • Page 416 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: It is not permissible that the value is less than the sum of the "energy-saving mode transition time" and the "operating state transition time" (system properties). Pe: PROFIenergy profiles p5606[0...1] Pe energy-saving mode time of maximum stay / Pe t_max_stay CU240D-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: -...
  • Page 417 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Pe active Pe inactive Note: Bit 0 and bit 1 are inverse of one another. Pe: PROFIenergy profiles p5614 BI: Pe set switching-on inhibited signal source / Pe sw on_inh s_src CU240D-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: -...
  • Page 418 Know-how protection cannot be de- activated Extended copy protection is active Basic copy protection is active Trace and measuring functions for diagnostic purposes active Reserved Siemens Dependency: Refer to: p7761, p7765, p7766, p7767, p7768 Note: KHP: Know-How Protection For bit 00: Write protection can be activated/de-activated via p7761 on the Control Unit.
  • Page 419 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Write access independent of p7761 Write access dependent on p7761 Dependency: Refer to: r7760, p7761 p7763 KHP OEM exception list number of indices for p7764 / KHP OEM qty p7764 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T...
  • Page 420 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For bit 00, 01: If both bits are inadvertently set to 1 (e.g. at the BOP), then the setting of bit 0 applies. There is no copy protection if both bits are set to 0. p7766[0...29] KHP password input / KHP passw input Access level: 3...
  • Page 421 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p7769[0...20] KHP memory card reference serial number / KHP mem ref ser_no Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 422 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual. r7843[0...20] Memory card serial number / Mem_card ser.no Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 423 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8540.0...15 BO: STW1 from BOP/IOP in the manual mode / STW1 OP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 424 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = ON/OFF1 [1] = OC / OFF2 [2] = OC / OFF3 [3] = Operation enable [4] = Ramp-function generator enable [5] = Continue ramp-function generator [6] = Speed setpoint enable [7] = Acknowledge fault [8] = Jog bit 0 [9] = Jog bit 1 [10] = Master control by PLC...
  • Page 425 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8571[0...39] Macro Binector Input (BI) / Macro BI Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory.
  • Page 426 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For p8805 = 0: PROFINET I&M 4 (p8809) contains the information for the SI change tracking. For p8805 = 1: PROFINET I&M 4 (p8809) contains the values written by the user. p8806[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 1 / I&M 1 CU240D-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: -...
  • Page 427 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Displays the PROFINET diagnostics data. Note: Only for internal Siemens diagnostics. SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 428 Displays the PROFINET identification data Index: [0] = Version interface structure [1] = Version interface driver [2] = Company (Siemens = 42) [3] = CB type [4] = Firmware version [5] = Firmware date (year) [6] = Firmware date (day/month)
  • Page 429 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual. The interface configuration (p8920 and following) is activated with p8925. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. PN: PROFINET p8921[0...3] PN IP address / PN IP addr...
  • Page 430 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: When the DHCP mode is active (p8924 not equal to 0), then PROFINET communication via this interface is no longer possible! However, the interface can be used by the STARTER/SCOUT commissioning tool. Note: The interface configuration (p8920 and following) is activated with p8925.
  • Page 431 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8931[0...3] PN IP address actual / PN IP addr act CU240D-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 432 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The combination of device ID (r8909) and DAP ID uniquely identifies a PROFINET access point. Note: List of the SINAMICS DAP IDs: 20007 hex: CBE20 V4.5 20008 hex: CBE20 V4.6 20107 hex: CU310-2 PN V4.5 20108 hex: CU310-2 PN V4.6 20307 hex: CU320-2 PN V4.5 20308 hex: CU320-2 PN V4.6...
  • Page 433 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. ODVA: Open DeviceNet Vendor Association p8981 Ethernet/IP ODVA STOP mode / Eth/IP ODVA STOP CU240D-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN_F...
  • Page 434 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p8980 Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. p8991 USB memory access / USB mem acc Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: -...
  • Page 435 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9306 SI Motion function specification (processor 2) / SI Mtn fct spec P2 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 436 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For bit 00: For bit = 1 and with the SSM safety function activated, the following applies: - During pulse suppression, monitoring is switched off and the feedback signal has a 0 signal level. For bit = 0 and with the SSM safety function activated, the following applies: - Monitoring continues during pulse suppression.
  • Page 437 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9331[0...3] SI Motion SLS limit values (processor 2) / SI Mtn SLS lim P2 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 438 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The filter time is effective only if the function is enabled (p9301.16 = p9501.16 = 1). The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle. The parameter is included in the crosswise data comparison of the two monitoring channels. SSM: Safe Speed Monitor (safety-relevant feedback signal from the velocity monitoring) p9346 SI Motion SSM velocity limit (processor 2) / SI Mtn SSM v_limP2...
  • Page 439 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters When transitioning from a higher to a lower safely limited velocity/speed stage, within this delay time, the "old" velocity stage remains active. Even if SLS is activated from the state "SLS in active", then this delay is still applied. Dependency: Refer to: p9551 Notice:...
  • Page 440 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters These settings apply to the individual limit values for SLS. Value: STOP A STOP B Index: [0] = Limit value SLS1 [1] = Limit value SLS2 [2] = Limit value SLS3 [3] = Limit value SLS4 Dependency: Refer to: p9331, p9563 Notice:...
  • Page 441 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9368 SI Motion SAM velocity limit (processor 2) / SI Mtn SAM v_limP2 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 442 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9382 SI Motion brake ramp delay time (processor 2) / SI Mtn rp t_del P2 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 443 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9386 SI Motion actual value sensing sensorless delay time (P2) / ActVal sl t_del P2 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 444 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9389 SI Motion actual value sensing sensorless accel. limit (P2) / ActVal sl a_lim P2 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 445 For bit 02, 00: Bit 2/0 = 0/0: No memory card inserted. Bit 2/0 = 0/1: Memory card inserted, but not a SIEMENS memory card. Bit 2/0 = 1/0: Status not possible. Bit 2/0 = 1/1: SIEMENS memory card inserted.
  • Page 446 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: Only for internal Siemens service purposes. Dependency: Refer to: r9406, r9407 Note: All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter. r9406[x] parameter number, parameter not accepted...
  • Page 447 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: Inherent to the system, the list of the parameters to be backed up is empty after the following actions: - Download - Warm restart - Factory setting In these cases, a new parameter backup must be initiated, which is then the starting point for the list of modified parameters.
  • Page 448 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9486 BICO interconnections signal source search first index / BICO S_src srchIdx Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 449 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Signal name 1 signal 0 signal Extended message acknowledgment Setpoint velocity limit for STOP F Dependency: Refer to: C01711 Note: For bit 00: When the function is activated, a safety-relevant acknowledgment (internal event acknowledge) can be performed by selecting/deselecting STO.
  • Page 450 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [6] = Gearbox 7 [7] = Gearbox 8 Dependency: Refer to: p9522 Notice: It is not possible to change over the gearbox stages. Gearbox 1 (index 0) is always active. p9522[0...7] SI Motion gearbox motor/load numerator (processor 1) / SI Mtn gear num P1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: -...
  • Page 451 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: This parameter only has to be parameterized for the motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive (p9601.2 = 1) r9733[0] = p9531[x] x p9533 (converted from the load side to the motor side) r9733[1] = - p9531[x] x p9533 (converted from the load side to the motor side) [x] = Selected SLS stage Conversion factor from the motor side to the load side:...
  • Page 452 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9547 SI Motion SSM velocity hysteresis (processor 1) / SI Mtn SSM hyst P1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 453 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If the acceptance test mode takes longer than the selected time limit, then the mode is automatically terminated. Dependency: Refer to: C01799 Note: The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle. p9559 SI Motion forced checking procedure timer (processor 1) / SI Mtn dyn timer CU240D-2_DP_F...
  • Page 454 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9564 SI Motion SDI tolerance (processor 1) / SI Mtn SDI tol P1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 455 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9570 SI Motion acceptance test mode (processor 1) / SI Mtn acc_mod P1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 456 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9583 SI Motion brake ramp monitoring time (processor 1) / SI Mtn rp t_mon P1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 457 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9587 SI Motion actual value sensing sensorless filter time (P1) / Actv sl t_filt P1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 458 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9590[0...3] SI Motion version safety motion monitoring (processor 1) / SI Mtn version P1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 459 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9601 SI enable functions integrated in the drive (processor 1) / SI enable fct P1 CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 460 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9651 SI STO debounce time (processor 1) / SI STO t_debou P1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 461 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: PM: Power Module p9700 SI copy function / SI copy function Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(95), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 462 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9708[0...5] SI Motion diagnostics safe position / SI mtn safe pos CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 463 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9712 CO: SI Motion diagnostics pos. act. val. motor side (processor 1) / SI Mtn s_act motP1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 464 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9720.0...13 CO/BO: SI Motion control signals integrated in the drive / SI Mtn integ STW CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 465 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Safe pulse suppression active Test stop active SAM/SBR active 2820 Note: For bit 01: This bit can be used to execute a control-based ESR. ESR: Extended Stop and Retract SAM: Safe Acceleration Monitor (safe acceleration monitoring) SBR: Safe Brake Ramp (safe brake ramp monitoring) r9724 SI Motion crosswise comparison clock cycle / SI Mtn CDC clk cyc...
  • Page 466 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Checksum over SI parameters for motion monitoring [1] = Checksum over SI parameters for actual values [2] = Checksum over SI parameters for hardware Dependency: Refer to: p9729 Refer to: F01680 p9729[0...2] SI Motion setpoint checksum SI parameters (processor 1) / SI Mtn setp CRC P1 CU240D-2_DP_F...
  • Page 467 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Setpoint limiting positive [1] = Setpoint limiting negative [2] = Setpoint limit absolute Dependency: For SLS: r9733[0] = p9531[x] x p9533 (converted from the load side to the motor side) For SDI negative: r9733[0] = 0 For SLS: r9733[1] = - p9531[x] x p9533 (converted from the load side to the motor side) For SDI positive: r9733[1] = 0 [x] = Selected SLS stage...
  • Page 468 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: For bit 07: An internal event is displayed if a STOP A ... F is active. The signal state behaves in an opposite way to the PROFIsafe Standard. Note: This parameter is only supplied with actual values if SI Motion functions are active. For Safety Integrated Basic Functions (STO), the value is equal to zero.
  • Page 469 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9768[0...7] SI PROFIsafe receive control words (processor 1) / SI Ps PZD recv P1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 470 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9771 SI common functions (processor 1) / SI general fct P1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 471 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters STO cause actual value missing STO cause selection PROFIsafe (Basic Functions) STO cause selection on the other monitoring channel Dependency: Refer to: r9872 Note: For bit 00: When STO is selected, the cause is displayed in bits 16 ... 21. For bit 18: When the bit is set, STO is selected via PROFIsafe.
  • Page 472 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9776 SI diagnostics / SI diag Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting Description: The parameter is used for diagnostics.
  • Page 473 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The time stamps for the checksums for tracking changes (fingerprint for the "safety logbook" functionality) made to safety parameters are saved in parameters p9781[0] and p9781[1]. Index: [0] = SI time stamp for checksum to track functional changes [1] = SI time stamp for checksum to track hardware-specific changes Dependency: Refer to: p9601, p9729, p9799...
  • Page 474 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9787 SI Motion diagnostics sensorless velocity deviation / Diag sl v_dev CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 475 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9799 SI setpoint checksum SI parameters (processor 1) / SI setp_chksm P1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 476 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 0001 hex: Basic functions are enabled via onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.0 = 1). 0004 hex: Extended functions are enabled via onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.5 = 1). 0008 hex: Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe (permissible for r9771.6 = 1). 0009 hex: Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe onboard terminals (permissible for r9771.6 = 1).
  • Page 477 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p9651 Notice: This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive. Note: Rounding effects can occur in the last decimal place of the parameterized time. The debounce time is rounded to whole milliseconds.
  • Page 478 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters STO terminal state on processor 2 (Basic High Functions) STOP A cannot be acknowledged active 2802 STOP A active 2802 STOP F active 2802 STO cause: Safety comm. mode STO cause selection via terminal (Basic Functions) STO cause: Selection via motion monitoring functions...
  • Page 479 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9899 SI setpoint checksum SI parameters (processor 2) / SI setp_chksm P2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 480 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9931[0...179] System logbook module selection / SYSLOG mod select. Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Factory setting 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex...
  • Page 481 Factory setting Description: Diagnostics parameter to display additional information for internal software errors. Note: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. p10001 SI Motion delay time for test stop at DO (processor 1) / SI t_delay DO P1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3...
  • Page 482 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p10002 SI Motion F-DI changeover discrepancy time (processor 1) / SI Mtn DI chg t P1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 483 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p10017 SI Motion digital inputs debounce time (processor 1) / SI DI t_debounceP1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 484 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: If value = 0: No terminal assigned, safety function always selected. If value = 255: No terminal assigned, safety function always deselected. F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SS1: Safe Stop 1 p10026 SI Motion SLS input terminal (processor 1) / SI Mtn SLS F-DI P1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: -...
  • Page 485 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Static selected F-DI 0 F-DI 1 F-DI 2 255: Static deselected Note: If value = 0: No terminal assigned, safety function always selected. If value = 255: No terminal assigned, safety function always deselected. F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SDI: Safe Direction (safe motion direction) p10039...
  • Page 486 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p10046 SI Motion F-DO feedback signal input activation / SI F-DO FS act CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 487 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p10050 SI Motion PROFIsafe F-DI transfer (processor 1) / SI Ps F-DI tran P1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 488 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r10052.0 CO/BO: SI Motion digital outputs status (processor 1) / SI DO status P1 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 489 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The values "static selected" and "static deselected" result in an inactive function of the safe acknowledgment. F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input p10117 SI Motion digital inputs debounce time (processor 2) / SI DI t_debounceP2 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: -...
  • Page 490 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: If value = 0: No terminal assigned, safety function always selected. If value = 255: No terminal assigned, safety function always deselected. F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SS1: Safe Stop 1 p10126 SI Motion SLS input terminal (processor 2) / SI SLS F-DI P2 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: -...
  • Page 491 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Static selected F-DI 0 F-DI 1 F-DI 2 255: Static deselected Note: If value = 0: No terminal assigned, safety function always selected. If value = 255: No terminal assigned, safety function always deselected. F-DI: Failsafe Digital Input SDI: Safe Direction (safe motion direction) p10139...
  • Page 492 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p10146 SI Motion test sensor feedback signal (processor 2) / SI test sens FS P2 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 493 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p10150 SI Motion PROFIsafe F-DI transfer (processor 2) / SI Ps F-DI tran P2 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 494 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r10152.0 CO/BO: SI Motion digital outputs status (processor 2) / SI DO status P2 CU240D-2_DP_F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN_F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU250D-2_PN_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 495 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20032 AND 0 run-time group / AND 0 RTG CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 496 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20037 AND 1 run sequence / AND 1 RunSeq CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN...
  • Page 497 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20041 AND 2 run sequence / AND 2 RunSeq CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 498 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20046[0...3] BI: OR 0 inputs / OR 0 inputs CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 499 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Input I0 [1] = Input I1 [2] = Input I2 [3] = Input I3 r20051 BO: OR 1 output Q / OR 1 output Q CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: -...
  • Page 500 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20055 BO: OR 2 output Q / OR 2 output Q CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 501 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20060 OR 3 run-time group / OR 3 RTG CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 502 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Run-time group 1 Run-time group 2 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20065 XOR 0 run sequence / XOR 0 RunSeq CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN...
  • Page 503 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20069 XOR 1 run sequence / XOR 1 RunSeq CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 504 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20074[0...3] BI: XOR 3 inputs / XOR 3 inputs CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 505 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20079 BO: NOT 0 inverted output / NOT 0 inv output CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 506 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20084 NOT 1 run-time group / NOT 1 RTG CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 507 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20089 NOT 2 run sequence / NOT 2 RunSeq CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 508 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20094[0...3] CI: ADD 0 inputs / ADD 0 inputs CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 509 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20099 CO: ADD 1 output Y / ADD 1 output Y CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 510 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20104 SUB 0 run-time group / SUB 0 RTG CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 511 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20109 SUB 1 run sequence / SUB 1 RunSeq CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 512 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20114[0...3] CI: MUL 1 inputs / MUL 1 inputs CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 513 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20119[0...2] CO: DIV 0 quotient / DIV 0 quotient CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 514 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20124[0...2] CO: DIV 1 quotient / DIV 1 quotient CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 515 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20129 CO: AVA 0 output Y / AVA 0 output Y CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 516 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20134 CO: AVA 1 output Y / AVA 1 output Y CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 517 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20139 MFP 0 pulse duration in ms / MFP 0 pulse_dur ms CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 518 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20145 BO: MFP 1 output Q / MFP 1 output Q CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 519 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20151 PCL 0 run-time group / PCL 0 RTG CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 520 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20157 PCL 1 run sequence / PCL 1 RunSeq CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 521 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20162 PDE 0 run sequence / PDE 0 RunSeq CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 522 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. p20168 BI: PDF 0 input pulse I / PDF 0 inp_pulse I CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary...
  • Page 523 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20173 BI: PDF 1 input pulse I / PDF 1 inp_pulse I CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 524 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Input pulse I [1] = Reset input R p20179 PST 0 pulse duration in ms / PST 0 pulse_dur ms CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 525 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20184 PST 1 pulse duration in ms / PST 1 pulse_dur ms CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 526 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20189 BO: RSR 0 output Q / RSR 0 output Q CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 527 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20194 BO: RSR 1 output Q / RSR 1 output Q CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 528 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20199 BO: DFR 0 output Q / DFR 0 output Q CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 529 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20204 BO: DFR 1 output Q / DFR 1 output Q CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 530 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20209 BI: BSW 0 switch setting I / BSW 0 sw_setting CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 531 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20214 BI: BSW 1 switch setting I / BSW 1 sw_setting CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 532 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20219 BI: NSW 0 switch setting I / NSW 0 sw_setting CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 533 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20224 BI: NSW 1 switch setting I / NSW 1 sw_setting CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 534 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20229 LIM 0 upper limit value LU / LIM 0 upper lim LU CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 535 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20235 LIM 0 run sequence / LIM 0 RunSeq CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 536 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20241 BO: LIM 1 input quantity at the lower limit QL / LIM 1 QL CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 537 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20246 PT1 0 smoothing time constant in ms / PT1 0 T_smooth ms CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 538 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20251 BI: PT1 1 accept setting value S / PT1 1 acc set val CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 539 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Input X [1] = Setting value SV p20257 INT 0 upper limit value LU / INT 0 upper lim LU CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 540 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20263 BO: INT 0 integrator at the lower limit QL / INT 0 QL CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 541 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20268 LVM 0 interval limit L / LVM 0 limit L CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 542 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20274 LVM 0 run sequence / LVM 0 RunSeq CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 543 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20280 BO: LVM 1 input quantity within interval QM / LVM 1 X within QM CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 544 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20285 DIF 0 differentiating time constant in ms / DIF 0 T_diff ms CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 545 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20302 NOT 4 run-time group / NOT 4 RTG CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 546 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20307 NOT 5 run sequence / NOT 5 RunSeq CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: -...
  • Page 547 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20312[0...1] CI: NCM 0 inputs / NCM 0 inputs CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 548 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20317 NCM 0 run sequence / NCM 0 RunSeq CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 549 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20322 NCM 1 run-time group / NCM 1 RTG CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 550 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20327 RSR 2 run-time group / RSR 2 RTG CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 551 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20332 DFR 2 run-time group / DFR 2 RTG CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 552 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20337 PDE 2 run-time group / PDE 2 RTG CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 553 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20343 PDE 3 run sequence / PDE 3 RunSeq CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
  • Page 554 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20348 PDF 2 run sequence / PDF 2 RunSeq CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 555 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. p20354 BI: MFP 2 input pulse I / MFP 2 inp_pulse I CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary...
  • Page 556 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20359 BI: MFP 3 input pulse I / MFP 3 inp_pulse I CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 557 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20373 CO: PLI 0 output Y / PLI 0 output Y CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - CU240D-2_DP_F Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
  • Page 558 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [16] = Breakpoint 16 [17] = Breakpoint 17 [18] = Breakpoint 18 [19] = Breakpoint 19 p20376 PLI 0 run-time group / PLI 0 RTG CU240D-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240D-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: -...
  • Page 559 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [6] = Breakpoint 6 [7] = Breakpoint 7 [8] = Breakpoint 8 [9] = Breakpoint 9 [10] = Breakpoint 10 [11] = Breakpoint 11 [12] = Breakpoint 12 [13] = Breakpoint 13 [14] = Breakpoint 14 [15] = Breakpoint 15 [16] = Breakpoint 16 [17] = Breakpoint 17...
  • Page 560 Value: No PROFIsafe telegram selected PROFIsafe standard telegram 30, PZD-1/1 900: PROFIsafe SIEMENS telegram 900, PZD-2/2 998: Compatibility mode (as for firmware version < 4.6) Note: For p9601.3 = p9801.3 = 1 (PROFIsafe enabled), the following variants exist when parameterizing PROFIsafe...
  • Page 561 2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The clearance to the PZD telegram can be increased using p2071. After changing p0922/p2079 or p2071, then p60122 must be set again. The telegram interconnections can only be changed if p60122 and p0922 are both set to 999. r61000[0...239] PROFINET Name of Station / PN Name of Station CU240D-2_PN...

  • Page 562: Parameters For Data Sets

    2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets Parameters for data sets 2.3.1 Command Data Sets (CDS) Product: SINAMICS G120D, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: CDS p0641[0...n] CI: Current limit variable / Curr lim var p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select., bit 0 p0821[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1 / DDS select., bit 1 p0840[0...n]...
  • Page 563 2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p1143[0...n] BI: Ramp-function generator, accept setting value / RFG accept set v p1144[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator setting value / RFG setting value p1155[0...n] CI: Speed controller speed setpoint 1 / n_ctrl n_set 1 p1160[0...n] CI: Speed controller speed setpoint 2 / n_ctrl n_set 2 p1201[0...n]...

  • Page 564: Drive Data Sets (Dds)

    2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p2290[0...n] BI: Technology controller limiting enable / Tec_ctrl lim enab p2296[0...n] CI: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal p2297[0...n] CI: Technology controller maximum limit signal source / Tec_ctrMaxLimS_src p2298[0...n] CI: Technology controller minimum limit signal source / Tec_ctrl min_l s_s p2299[0...n] CI: Technology controller limit offset / Tech_ctrl lim offs p3111[0...n]...
  • Page 565 2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p1130[0...n] Ramp-function generator initial rounding-off time / RFG t_start_round p1131[0...n] Ramp-function generator final rounding-off time / RFG t_end_delay p1134[0...n] Ramp-function generator rounding-off type / RFG round-off type p1135[0...n] OFF3 ramp-down time / OFF3 t_RD p1136[0...n] OFF3 initial rounding-off time / RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd p1137[0...n]...
  • Page 566 2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p1463[0...n] Speed controller Tn adaptation speed upper scaling / n_ctr Tn n up scal p1464[0...n] Speed controller adaptation speed lower / n_ctrl n lower p1465[0...n] Speed controller adaptation speed upper / n_ctrl n upper p1470[0...n] Speed controller encoderless operation P-gain / n_ctrl SL Kp p1472[0...n]...
  • Page 567 2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p1753[0...n] Motor model changeover speed hysteresis operation with encoder / MotMod n_chgovHysE p1755[0...n] Motor model changeover speed encoderless operation / MotMod n_chgSnsorl p1758[0...n] Motor model changeover delay time closed/open-loop control / MotMod t cl_op p1759[0...n] Motor model changeover delay time open/closed-loop control / MotMod t op_cl p1760[0...n]...
  • Page 568 2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p2183[0...n] Load monitoring speed threshold value 2 / n_thresh 2 p2184[0...n] Load monitoring speed threshold value 3 / n_thresh 3 p2185[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 1 upper / M_thresh 1 upper p2186[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 1 lower / M_thresh 1 lower p2187[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 2 upper / M_thresh 2 upper p2188[0...n]...
  • Page 569 2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p3320[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 1 / Fluid_mach P1 p3321[0...n] Fluid flow machine speed point 1 / Fluid_mach n1 p3322[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 2 / Fluid_mach P2 p3323[0...n] Fluid flow machine speed point 2 / Fluid_mach n2 p3324[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 3 / Fluid_mach P3 p3325[0...n]...

  • Page 570: Motor Data Sets (Mds)

    2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets 2.3.3 Motor data sets (MDS) Product: SINAMICS G120D, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: MDS p0133[0...n] Motor configuration / Motor config p0300[0...n] Motor type selection / Mot type sel p0301[0...n] Motor code number selection / Mot code No. sel p0304[0...n] Rated motor voltage / Mot U_rated p0305[0...n]...
  • Page 571 2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets r0370[0...n] Motor stator resistance cold / Mot R_stator cold r0372[0...n] Cable resistance / Mot R_cable r0373[0...n] Motor rated stator resistance / Mot R_stator rated r0374[0...n] Motor rotor resistance cold / Mot R_r cold r0376[0...n] Rated motor rotor resistance / Mot rated R_rotor r0377[0...n]...

  • Page 572: Power Unit Data Sets (Pds)

    2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p1232[0...n] DC braking braking current / DCBRK I_brake p1233[0...n] DC braking time / DCBRK time p1234[0...n] Speed at the start of DC braking / DCBRK n_start p1909[0...n] Motor data identification control word / MotID STW p1980[0...n] PolID technique / PolID technique p1999[0...n]...
  • Page 573 2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p0438[0...n] Squarewave encoder filter time / Enc t_filt p0439[0...n] Encoder ramp-up time / Enc ramp-up time p0446[0...n] Encoder SSI number of bits before the absolute value / Enc SSI bit before p0447[0...n] Encoder SSI number of bits absolute value / Enc SSI bit val p0448[0...n] Encoder SSI number of bits after the absolute value / Enc SSI bit after p0449[0...n]...

  • Page 574: Bico Parameters (Connectors/Binectors)

    2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 2.4.1 Binector inputs (BI) Product: SINAMICS G120D, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: BI p0043 BI: Enable energy usage display / Enab energy usage p0730 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 0 / CU S_src DO 0 p0731 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 1 / CU S_src DO 1 p0806...
  • Page 575 2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p2080[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1 p2081[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 2 / Bin/con ZSW2 p2082[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 3 / Bin/con ZSW3 p2083[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4 p2084[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 5 / Bin/con ZSW5 p2103[0...n]...
  • Page 576 2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p2627 BI: EPOS traversing block selection bit 2 / Trav_blk sel bit 2 p2628 BI: EPOS traversing block selection bit 3 / Trav_blk sel bit 3 p2631 BI: EPOS activate traversing task (0 -> 1) / Trav_task act p2633 BI: EPOS external block change (0 ->...

  • Page 577: Connector Inputs (Ci)

    2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p20163 BI: PDE 1 input pulse I / PDE 1 inp_pulse I p20168 BI: PDF 0 input pulse I / PDF 0 inp_pulse I p20173 BI: PDF 1 input pulse I / PDF 1 inp_pulse I p20178[0...1] BI: PST 0 inputs / PST 0 inputs p20183[0...1]...
  • Page 578 2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p1455[0...n] CI: Speed controller P gain adaptation signal / n_ctr adapt_sig Kp p1466[0...n] CI: Speed controller P-gain scaling / n_ctrl Kp scal p1475[0...n] CI: Speed controller torque setting value for motor holding brake / n_ctrl M_sv MHB p1478[0...n] CI: Speed controller integrator setting value / n_ctr integ_setVal p1479[0...n]...

  • Page 579: Binector Outputs (Bo)

    2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p20102[0...1] CI: SUB 0 inputs / SUB 0 inputs p20106[0...1] CI: SUB 1 inputs / SUB 1 inputs p20110[0...3] CI: MUL 0 inputs / MUL 0 inputs p20114[0...3] CI: MUL 1 inputs / MUL 1 inputs p20118[0...1] CI: DIV 0 inputs / DIV 0 inputs p20123[0...1]...
  • Page 580 2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r20087 BO: NOT 2 inverted output / NOT 2 inv output r20091 BO: NOT 3 inverted output / NOT 3 inv output r20120 BO: DIV 0 divisor is zero QF / DIV 0 divisor=0 QF r20125 BO: DIV 1 divisor is zero QF / DIV 1 divisor=0 QF r20130...

  • Page 581: Connector Outputs (Co)

    2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r20356 BO: MFP 2 output Q / MFP 2 output Q r20361 BO: MFP 3 output Q / MFP 3 output Q 2.4.4 Connector outputs (CO) Product: SINAMICS G120D, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: CO r0021 CO: Actual speed smoothed / n_act smooth r0025...
  • Page 582 2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r0752[0...1] CO: CO: CU analog inputs input voltage/current actual / CU AI U/I_inp act r0755[0...1] CO: CO: CU analog inputs actual value in percent / CU AI value in % r0944 CO: Counter for fault buffer changes / Fault buff change p1001[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 1 / n_set_fixed 1 p1002[0...n]...
  • Page 583 2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r1538 CO: Upper effective torque limit / M_max upper eff r1539 CO: Lower effective torque limit / M_max lower eff r1547[0...1] CO: Torque limit for speed controller output / M_max outp n_ctrl r1548[0...1] CO: Stall current limit torque-generating maximum / Isq_max stall p1563[0...n] CO: Mom.
  • Page 584 2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r2521[0...3] CO: LR position actual value / s_act r2522[0...3] CO: LR velocity actual value / v_act r2523[0...3] CO: LR measured value / Measured value r2524 CO: LR LU/revolution / LU/revolution p2525[0...n] CO: LR encoder adjustment offset / Enc_adj offset p2540 CO: LR position controller output speed limit / LR_outp n_lim r2556...

  • Page 585: Connector/Binector Outputs (Co/Bo)

    2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r9714[0...2] CO: SI Motion diagnostics velocity (processor 1) / SI Mtn diag v P1 r9733[0...2] CO: SI Motion setpoint speed limit effective / SI Mtn setp_lim r20095 CO: ADD 0 output Y / ADD 0 output Y r20099 CO: ADD 1 output Y / ADD 1 output Y r20103...
  • Page 586 2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r1408.0...14 CO/BO: Status word current controller / ZSW I_ctrl r2129.0...15 CO/BO: Faults/alarms trigger word / F/A trigger word r2135.12...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 2 / ZSW fault/alarm 2 r2138.7...15 CO/BO: Control word faults/alarms / STW fault/alarm r2139.0...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 1 / ZSW fault/alarm 1 r2197.0...13...

  • Page 587: Parameters For Write Protection And Know-How Protection

    2 Parameters 2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 2.5.1 Parameters with "WRITE_NO_LOCK" The following list contains the parameters with the "WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute. These parameters are not affected by the write protection. Product: SINAMICS G120D, Version: 4707900, Language: eng, Type: WRITE_NO_LOCK p0003 Access level / Acc_level...

  • Page 588: Parameters With "Khp_Active_Read

    2 Parameters 2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection p8983 Ethernet/IP ODVA torque scaling / Eth/IP ODVA M scal p9400 Safely remove memory card / Mem_card rem p9484 BICO interconnections search signal source / BICO S_src srch 2.5.3 Parameters with "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" The following list contains the parameters with the "KHP_ACTIVE_READ"...

  • Page 589: Quick Commissioning (P0010 = 1)

    2 Parameters 2.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) The parameters required for the quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) are shown in the following table: Table 2-7 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Par. no. Name Access level Can be changed p0010...
  • Page 590 2 Parameters 2.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Table 2-7 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), continued Par. no. Name Access level Can be changed p1500 Torque setpoint selection C(1)T p1900 Motor data identification and rotating measurement 1 C(1)T p1905 Parameter tuning selection C(1)T p2196 Torque utilization scaling...

  • Page 591: Function Diagrams

    Function diagrams Content Table of contents Explanations on the function diagrams Input/output terminals PROFIenergy Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP Internal control/status words Brake control Safety Integrated Basic Functions Safety Integrated Extended Functions 3.10 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe 3.11 Setpoint channel 3.12 Basic positioner (EPOS) 3.13 Position control 3.14 Encoder evaluation 3.15 Vector control...

  • Page 592: Table Of Contents

    3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents Table of contents Explanations on the function diagrams ......... . . 1020 –...
  • Page 593 3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 2466 – PROFIdrive - POS_ZSW1 positioning status word 1 interconnection ..... 2467 – PROFIdrive - POS_ZSW2 positioning status word 2 interconnection ..... 2468 –...
  • Page 594 3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents Safety Integrated Basic Functions ..........2800 –...
  • Page 595 3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 3.12 Basic positioner (EPOS) ............3610 –...
  • Page 596 3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 6060 – Torque setpoint ............. . . 6300 –...
  • Page 597 3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 7240 – RSR 0 ... 2, DFR 0 ... 2 ............7250 –...

  • Page 598: Explanations On The Function Diagrams

    3 Function diagrams 3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams Explanations on the function diagrams Function diagrams 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) 1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) 1030 –...
  • Page 599 Parameters Connectors Binectors Connectors/binectors Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Parameter name [Unit] Monitoring parameter with Connector input CI Binector input BI with Parameter name Parameter name Parameter name rxxxx[y..z] unit [Unit] and index range with index range [y..z] with index range [y..z] or pxxxx[y..z] pxxxx[y..z]...
  • Page 600 Pre-assigned connectors and binectors Symbols for logic functions Symbols for computational and closed-loop control functions Fixed percentage values NOT element Fixed value 1 [%] Logical inversion (negation) -10000.00 ... 10000.00 [%] Threshold value switch 1/0 p2900 [D] (0.00) AND element Outputs at y a logical "1"...
  • Page 601 Switch-on delay Switch symbol 2nd-order filter (bandstop/general filter) pxxxx pxxxx Simple changeover switch The switch position is shown according Natural frequency, numerator Damping, numerator to the factory setting of pxxxx fn_n (in this case switch position 1). pzzzz pwwww pxxxx The digital signal x must have the value "1"...
  • Page 602 Handling BICO technology Binectors are binary signals that can be freely interconnected (BO = Binector Output). Binector: r0723.15 They represent a bit of a "BO:" display parameter (e.g. bit 15 from r0723). Connector: Connectors are "analog signals" that can be freely interconnected (e.g. percentage variables, speeds or torques). r0723 Connectors are also "CO:"...

  • Page 603: Input/Output Terminals

    3 Function diagrams 3.3 Input/output terminals Input/output terminals Function diagrams 2201 – Connection overview 2210 – Digital inputs (DI 0 ... DI 5) 2241 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 1) 2251 – Analog inputs (AI 0 ... AI 1) 2256 –...
  • Page 604 CU DI status inv CU DI simulation Simulation for CU DI t_debounce p0795 .0...5 r0723 p0724 DI 0…DI 5, r0721.0...5 r0723 .0...5 DI 11…DI 12 CU DI status r0722 p0796.0...5 r0722 .0...5 1 = Simulation on [2210] 6 Digital inputs [2241] 2 Digital outputs X07.1...
  • Page 605 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation CU DI status inv p0795 CU DI t_debounce r0723 r0721.1 p0724 X07.1 Unswitched 24 V r0723 X07.2 Digital Input CU DI status DI 1 r0722 p0796.1 r0722 CU DI status inv p0795.0 CU DI t_debounce X07.3 Unswitched 0 V r0723...
  • Page 606 CU DO inv p0748 CU DO status CU S_src DO 0 r0747 p0730 (52.3) DO 0 24 V X05.4 X05.3 Switched 0 V CU DO inv p0748 CU DO status CU S_src DO 1 r0747 p0731 (52.7) 24 V DO 1 X05.2 Functional Earth X05.5...
  • Page 607 CU AI U/I_inp act r0752 <2> CU AI char x1 CU AI char x2 CU AI type -50.000 ... 160.000 -50.000 ... 160.000 0 ... 8 p0757[0..1] (0.000) p0759[0..1] (10.000) CU AI T_smooth CU AI sim_mode p0756[0..1] (0) X10.3 0 ... 1 0.0 ...
  • Page 608 X10.2 +10 V OUT 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation 1.6 V 4.0 V p0795 CU DI t_debounce p0724 r0721.11 CU DI status inv X10.3 AI 0+ (DI 11) r0723 CU DI status r0723 r0722 p0796.11 r0722 CU DI simulation 1.6 V 4.0 V p0795 CU DI t_debounce...

  • Page 609: Profienergy

    3 Function diagrams 3.4 PROFIenergy PROFIenergy Function diagrams 2381 – Control commands and interrogation commands 2382 – States SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 610 PROFIenergy control commands "Start_Pause" Pause_Time PROFINET "Start_Pause_with_time_response" 1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy p5611.0 & Port 1 p5602 p5606 Port 2 + Time_to_pause + Time_to_operate "End_Pause" Ready for operation r5600 = 255 Energy-saving mode 1 r5600 = 1 [2382] PROFIenergy interrogation Time_to_pause Time_to_operate commands "List_Energy_Saving_Modes“...
  • Page 611 PROFIdrive states PROFIenergy states <1> POWER ON PROFIenergy POWER OFF PROFIenergy Energy- saving mode active S1: Switching on inhibited <2> PROFIenergy Energy-saving mode 1 A08800 & 1 = PE active r5613.0 1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy & p5611 1 = Trans into energy-saving Start_Pause 1 = PE inactive mode from PROFIdrive...

  • Page 612: Communication Profidrive (Profibus/Profinet), Ethernet/Ip

    3 Function diagrams 3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP Function diagrams 2401 – Overview 2410 – PROFIdrive, EtherNet/IP - addresses and diagnostics 2420 – PROFIdrive - telegrams and process data (PZD) 2440 – PROFIdrive - PZD receive signals interconnection 2441 –...
  • Page 613 Interconnecting the permanently assigned receive telegrams. Signal Description Interconnection Receive telegram Header [2440] ... [2446] Permanently assigned Data telegrams Interconnecting the permanently assigned send telegrams Trailer PB address 1 ... 126 Signal Description Interconnection p0918 (126) Axxxxx Monitoring Fxxxxx Diagnostics rxxxx [2450] ...
  • Page 614 ==> set the address using p0918 address Diag offs send <1> The response monitoring time t_An is automatically defined by r2076 the configuration tool (e.g. HW Config made by Siemens) within PB addr_sw diag p0918 the framework of PROFIBUS configuration. r2057 PROFINET / EtherNet/IP...
  • Page 615 <1> Pd SIC telegr p0922 (999) p60122 Free telegram Standard telegrams Manufacturer-specific telegrams Interconnec- [2440], [2450] automatically tion is made according to <5> <6> <6> <5> <6> <6> <5> <5> <5> <5> <7> Telegram PZD1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1...
  • Page 616 Data type according to to the PROFIdrive profile: I16 = Integer16, I32 = Integer32, U16 = Unsigned16. <3> Display parameters for receive data according to [2468]. <4> Only SIEMENS telegram 350. PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP Function diagram fp_2440_97_04.vsd - 2440 -...
  • Page 617 Signal targets for STW1 in Interface Mode VIK-NAMUR (p2038 = 2) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target = ON (pulses can be enabled) STW1.0 p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) STW1.1 p0844[0] = r2090.1...
  • Page 618 Signal targets for STW1 in Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target = ON (pulses can be enabled) STW1.0 p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) STW1.1 p0844[0] = r2090.1...
  • Page 619 Signal targets for STW2 in Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Inverted Signal Meaning parameters internal control word signal target STW2.0 Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 p0820[0] = r2093.0 [8565] STW2.1 Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1 p0821[0] = r2093.1 [8565] STW2.2...
  • Page 620 Signal targets for STW3 in Interface Mode SINAMICS <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target STW3.0 1 = Fixed setp bit 0 p1020[0] = r2093.0 [3010.2] [3010.2] STW3.1 1 = Fixed setp bit 1 p1021[0] = r2093.1 [2513.2] [3010.2]...
  • Page 621 Signal sources for PZD send signals <1> PROFIdrive Interconnection Function Signal Description Data type Scaling 240D-2 250D-2 Signal No. parameter diagram Status word 1 ZSW1 r2089[0] [2451], [2452] ZSW2 Status word 2 r2089[1] [2454] p2051[0...13] WORD r2053[0...13] WORD NIST_A Actual speed A (16 bit) r0063[0] [4715] 4000 hex...
  • Page 622 Signal sources for ZSW1 in Interface Mode VIK-NAMUR (p2038 = 2) Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target <1> 1 = Ready for switching on Sequence control ZSW1.0 p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7]...
  • Page 623 Signal sources for ZSW1 im Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target <1> 1 = Ready for switching on Sequence control ZSW1.0 p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7]...
  • Page 624 Signal sources for ZSW2 im Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target 1 = DDS effective bit 0 ZSW2.0 p2081[0] = r0051.0 [8565] ZSW2.1 1 = DDS effective bit 1 p2081[1] = r0051.1 ZSW2.2 Reserved...
  • Page 625 Signal sources for ZSW3 im Interface Mode SINAMICS <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal status word signal source [7017.5] ZSW3.0 1 = DC braking active [2511.7] ZSW3.1 1 = |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) [2511.7] [2534.7] [2534.7] ZSW3.2 1 = |n_act| >...
  • Page 626 Signal sources for MELDW <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Inverted Signal Meaning parameters internal control word signal target MELDW.0 1 = Ramp-up/ramp-down completed p2082[0] = r2199.5 [2537.7] [8011] MELDW.1 1 = Torque utilization < torque threshold value 2 (p2194) p2082[1] = r2199.11 [2537.7] [8012]...
  • Page 627 Signal targets for POS_STW (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Inverted Signal Meaning parameters internal control word signal target POS_STW.0 1 = Activate Tracking mode p2655[0] = r2092.0 [3635] POS_STW.1 1 = Set home position p2596 = r2092.1 [3612] POS_STW.2 1 = Reference cam active...
  • Page 628 Signal targets for POS_STW1 (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target POS_STW1.0 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 0 p2625 = r2091.0 POS_STW1.1 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 1 p2626 = r2091.1 POS_STW1.2 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 2...
  • Page 629 Signal targets for POS_STW2 (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target POS_STW2.0 1 = Activate Tracking mode p2655[0] = r2092.0 [3635] POS_STW2.1 1 = Set home position p2596 = r2092.1 [3612] POS_STW2.2 1 = Reference cam active...
  • Page 630 Signal targets for POS_ZSW (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target POS_ZSW.0 1 = Tracking active p2084[0] = r2683.0 [3645] POS_ZSW.1 1 = Velocity limiting active p2084[1] = r2683.1 [3645] POS_ZSW.2 1 = Setpoint available p2084[2] = r2683.2...
  • Page 631 Signal targets for POS_ZSW1 (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target POS_ZSW1.0 1 = Active traversing block, bit 0 p2083[0] = r2670.0 [3650] POS_ZSW1.1 1 = Active traversing block, bit 1 p2083[1] = r2670.1 [3650] POS_ZSW1.2...
  • Page 632 Signal targets for POS_ZSW2 (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Signal Meaning Inverted parameters internal control word signal target POS_ZSW2.0 1 = Tracking active p2084[0] = r2683.0 [3645] POS_ZSW2.1 1 = Velocity limiting active p2084[1] = r2683.1 [3645] POS_ZSW2.2 1 = Setpoint available p2084[2] = r2683.2...
  • Page 633 r2090.0 <4> <5> PZD1 recv bitw <1> <4> <4> r2090.15 PZD1 recv bitw PZD receive word 1 r2050 PZD recv word PROFINET r2091.0 PZD2 recv bitw PROFIBUS r2060 PZD recv DW r2091.15 PZD2 recv bitw PZD receive word 2 r2050 PZD recv word r2092.0 PZD3 recv bitw...
  • Page 634 <3> Diag send DW Diag send word r2063 [0…15] r2053 [0…16] p2051[0] PZD send word <3> (2089[0]) <1> PZD send word 1 <1> p2061[0] PZD send DW p2051[1] PZD send word PZD 1+2 (2089[0]) (63[0]) PZD send word 2 p2061[1] PZD send DW p2051[2] PZD send word...
  • Page 635 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].0 5 binector-connector converter Bin/con ZSW3 p2082[0…15] Bin/con ZSW send r2089 (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW inv Bin/con ZSW1 p2088 [2].15 p2080[0…15] Bin/con ZSW send (899.0) r2089 (0.0) [15] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088...
  • Page 636 Eth/IP profile 0 ... 1 r2090...r2095 Bit p8980 (0) r2050[0...7] WORD Signal receivers for PZD receive signals r2060[0...10] DWORD SINAMICS (PROFINET) Fieldbus PROFIdrive Interconnection [2401] – [2472] Signal Equivalent at ODVA Data type Scaling „EtherNet/IP“ Signal No. parameter (p2030 = 10) ODVA (bit serial) STW1...
  • Page 637 Signal targets for SATZANW (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Inverted Signal Meaning parameters internal control word signal target SATZANW.0 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 0 p2625 = r2091.0 [3640] SATZANW.1 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 1 p2626 = r2091.1 [3640] SATZANW.2...
  • Page 638 Signal targets for AKTSATZ (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Inverted Signal Meaning parameters internal control word signal target SATZANW.0 1 = Active traversing block, bit 0 r2670.0 SATZANW.1 1 = Active traversing block, bit 1 r2670.1 SATZANW.2 1 = Active traversing block, bit 2 r2670.2 SATZANW.3...
  • Page 639 Signal targets for MDI_MOD (positioning mode) <1> Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] Inverted Signal Meaning parameters internal control word signal target 1 = Absolute positioning is selected MDI_MOD.0 p2648 = r2094.0 [3620] 0 = Relative positioning is selected p2651 / p2652 MDI_MOD.1 p2651 = r2094.1 [3620]...

  • Page 640: Internal Control/Status Words

    3 Function diagrams 3.6 Internal control/status words Internal control/status words Function diagrams 2501 – Control word, sequence control (r0898) 2503 – Status word, sequence control (r0899) 2505 – Control word, setpoint channel (r1198) 2510 – Status word 1 (r0052) 2511 – Status word 2 (r0053) 2512 –...
  • Page 641 PROFIdrive-Bit STW seq_ctrl OFF2 S_src 1 r0898 <2> p0844 [C] Bit No. Control word sequence control (r0898) r0898 (2090.1) <3> ON / OFF (OFF1) p0840 [C] OFF2 S_src 2 = ON <3> (2090.0) r0898.0 To control word 1 [2512.4] 0 = OFF1 active p0845 [C] 1 = Operating condition, no coast down active (OFF2 inactive) To control word 1 [2512.4]...
  • Page 642 PROFIdrive-Bit ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 Bit No. Status word sequence control (r0899) r0899 From sequence control 1 = Ready for switch on r0899.0 [2510.1] [2610] From sequence control 1 = Ready (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) [2510.1] r0899.1 [2610] From sequence control 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) [2510.1], [4015.1] r0899.2...
  • Page 643 STW setpoint chan r1198 Bit No. Control word setpoint channel (r1198) r1198 n_set_fixed Bit 0 p1020 [C] To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2], [3011.2] 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 r1198.0 To control word 2 [2513.2] n_set_fixed Bit 1 p1021 [C] To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2], [3011.2] 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 r1198.1...
  • Page 644 ZSW 1 r0052 Bit No. Status word 1 (r0052) r0052 r0899 [2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 1 = Ready for switch on r0052.0 r0899 [2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 1 = Ready (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) r0052.1 r0899 [2503.7] ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 1 = Operation enabled (voltage at output terminals) r0052.2...
  • Page 645 ZSW 2 r0053 Bit No. Status word 2 (r0053) r0053 r1239 [7017.5] DCBRK ZSW r1239 1 = DC braking active r0053.0 r2197 [2534.7] ZSW monitor 1 r2197 1 = |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) r0053.1 r2197 [2534.7] ZSW monitor 1 r2197 1 = |n_act| >...
  • Page 646 STW 1 OFF2 S_src 1 r0054 p0844 [C] Bit No. Control word 1 (r0054) STW seq_ctrl r0054 (2090.1) ON / OFF (OFF1) p0840 [C] r0898 [2501.7] OFF2 S_src 2 (2090.0) 0 = OFF1, Shutdown via ramp, followed by pulse inhibit Sequence control r0898 p0845 [C]...
  • Page 647 Suppl STW r0055 Bit No. Supplementary control word (r0055) r0055 r1198 [2505.7] STW setpoint chan r1198 1 = Fixed setp bit 0 Fixed speed values r1198 [2505.7] STW setpoint chan r1198 1 = Fixed setp bit 1 Fixed speed values r1198 [2505.7] STW setpoint chan...
  • Page 648 STW n_ctrl r1406 Bit No. Control word speed controller (r1406) r1406 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved n_ctrl integ stop p1476 [C] 1 = speed controller, hold I component r1406.04 [6040.3] n_ctrl integ set p1477 [C] 1 = speed controller, set I component r1406.05 [6040.3] Reserved...
  • Page 649 ZSW n_ctrl r1407 Bit No. Status word speed controller (r1407) r1407 1 = U/f control active r1407.0 From the changeover, 1 = Sensorless operation active r1407.1 closed-loop control types To speed setpoint, droop [6030.5] From the torque setpoint [6060.3] 1 = Closed-loop torque control active r1407.2 To speed signals 2 [8011.4] 1 = Closed-loop speed control active...
  • Page 650 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 Bit No. Status word closed-loop control (r0056) r0056 1 = Initialization completed r0056.0 1 = De-magnetization completed r0056.1 1 = Pulse enable available r0056.2 1 = Soft starting available r0056.3 <1> [6722.6] 1 = Magnetization completed r0056.4 [2701.1] [6301.4]...
  • Page 651 ZSW I_ctrl r1408 Bit No. Status word, current control (r1408) r1408 1 = Current controller active r1408.0 1 = Id controller I comp. limitation [6714.5] r1408.1 Reserved [6714.8] 1 = Voltage limitation r1408.3 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved [6730.3] 1 = Speed adaptation limitation r1408.10 1 = Speed adaptation speed deviation...
  • Page 652 ZSW monitor 1 r2197 Bit No. Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197) r2197 1 = |n_act| ” n_min p1080 From extended signals [8022.8] r2197.0 [2511.2] 1 = |n_act| ” speed threshold value 2 (p2155) From speed signals [8010.8] <1> [2511.2] r2197.1 1 = |n_act| >...
  • Page 653 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 Bit No. Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198) r2198 1 = |n_act| ” speed threshold 5 From extended signals [8023.8] r2198.0 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold 5 From extended signals [8023.8] r2198.1 1 = |n_act| ” speed threshold 6 From extended signals [8023.8] r2198.2...
  • Page 654 PROFIdrive-Bit ZSW monitor 3 r2199 Bit No. Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199) r2199 From speed signals [8010.8] 1 = |n_act| < speed threshold value 3 (p2161) <1> r2199.0 1 = f or n comparison value reached or exceeded (p2141) From speed signals [8010.8] r2199.1...
  • Page 655 PROFIdrive-Bit STW fault/alarm r2138 Bit No. Control word, faults/alarms r2138 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1st acknowledge Reserved p2103 [C] (2090.7) Reserved 2nd acknowledge p2104 [C] (722.2) 1 = Acknowledge faults [2512.4], [8060.1] r2138.7 3rd acknowledge Reserved p2105 [C] Reserved Pulse generator External alarm 1 p2112 [C] 1 = External alarm 1 (A07850) effective...
  • Page 656 ZSW fault/alarm 1 r2139 Bit No. Status word, faults/alarms 1 r2139 1 = Acknowledgment running r2139.0 1 = Acknowledgment required r2139.1 Reserved From the fault buffer [8060.6] 1 = Fault present r2139.3 [2510.2] Reserved 1 = Internal signal 1 present r2139.6 From the alarm buffer [8065.4] 1 = Alarm present...
  • Page 657 p0857 … p0861 POWER ON <1> <2> 2000.00 µs Pulse enable HW Fault with OFF1- or <4> . . . [2701.8] OFF3 response S1: Switching on inhibited Drive at standstill From all states ZSWA.06 = 1, ZSWA.11 = 0 ZSWA.00/01/02 = 0 Drive at standstill "0 = OFF"...
  • Page 658 2000.00 µs Missing enable sig r0046 Control Unit Bit No. Missing enable signals (r0046) r0046 1 = OFF1 enable missing r0046.0 [3020.5] 1 = OFF2 enable missing r0046.1 Line supply 1 = OFF3 enable missing r0046.2 [3060.2] 0 = Internal quick stop [3060.4] Fault with OFF3 response 1 = Operation enable missing...

  • Page 659: Brake Control

    3 Function diagrams 3.7 Brake control Brake control Function diagrams 2701 – Basic brake control SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 660 STW seq_ctrl r0898 p0858 Pulse suppr t_del 1 = Unconditionally close Close "normal" brake r0898 0.000 ... 299.000 [s] [2501.3] the holding brake RESET p1228 (0.010) STW seq_ctrl (Q=0) ZSW seq_ctrl p0856 r0898 Close brake r0899 1 = Enable speed RESET <7>...

  • Page 661: Safety Integrated Basic Functions

    3 Function diagrams 3.8 Safety Integrated Basic Functions Safety Integrated Basic Functions Function diagrams 2800 – Parameter manager 2802 – Monitoring functions and faults/alarms 2804 – Status words 2810 – STO (Safe Torque Off) 2813 – F-DI (Fail-safe Digital Input) SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 662 Changing safety parameters Safety commissioning mode SI act chksm P1 SI setp_chksm P1 [2802.1], [2810.3] r9798 p9799 --> select STO Safety parameterizing enable Safety Integrated commissioning p0010 = 95 Safety parameters SI password inp Enter password Safety parameters & & p9761 can be changed are valid.
  • Page 663 Safety Integrated version Monitoring clock cycle SI version Drv P1 SI mon_clk cyc P1 [ms] r9770 r9780 F01611 Safety monitoring functions F30611 [2810.1] STO-Klemme P1 (r0722.4) 1 = Faults with response "NONE" STOP F [2810.1] STO terminal P2 (r0722.5) 1 = STOP F active r9772.15 [2804.1] Faults/alarms...
  • Page 664 Status word Safety Integrated Status word Safety Integrated Processor2 Status word Safety Integrated Processor 1 Processor 1 and Processor 2 SI status P1 SI Status P2 SI status P1+P2 r9772 r9872 r9773 Bit No. Status (Processor 1) Bit No. Status (Processor 2) Bit No.
  • Page 665 Power Module 1 = STO selected +24 V Control Unit on P1 SI status P1 r9772.0 Processor 1 r9772 1 = STOP A [2802.8] A01699 r9772 SI FCP Timer "Shutdown CU DI status [2804.1] 0.00 ... 9000.00 [h] paths must SI status P1 (X09/4) r0722...
  • Page 666 SI F-DI chg t P1 0.00 ... 2000.00 [ms] p9650 (500.00) SI STO t_debou P1 X09.1 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p9651 (1.00) [2810.4] X09.2 DI 5 X09.3 & F-DI 0 X09.4 DI 4 X09.3 X09.5 SI STO t_debou P2 0.00 ... 100000.00 [µs] p9851 (0.00) FE: Functional Earth F-DI: Fail-safe Digital Input...

  • Page 667: Safety Integrated Extended Functions

    3 Function diagrams 3.9 Safety Integrated Extended Functions Safety Integrated Extended Functions Function diagrams 2818 – Parameter manager 2819 – SS1 (Safe Stop 1), internal STOP A, B, F 2820 – SLS (Safely Limited Speed) 2823 – SSM (Safe Speed Monitor) 2824 –...
  • Page 668 Changing safety parameters Safety commissioning mode [2802.1], [2810.3] SI Mtn act CRC P1 SI Mtn setp CRC P1 r9728 p9729 --> select STO Safety parameterizing enable Safety Integrated commissioning p0010 = 95 Safety parameters SI password inp Enter password Safety parameters &...
  • Page 669 r9722 <1> 1 = SS1 active Safe Acceleration Monitor / [2855.5] r9722.1 Safe Brake Ramp exceeded <2> [2858.6] STO initiate & [2810.1] Actual value speed < p9360/p9560 <1> r9720 [2855.4] 1 = STO deselection r9722 r9720.0 [2840.5] <2> r9722.0 [2858.3] SI Mtn IL t_del P1 1 = STO or safe pulse 0.00 ...
  • Page 670 SI Mtn ramp t P1 SI Mtn rp t_del P2 SI Mtn ramp ref P1 SI Mtn ramp ref P2 10.00 ... 99000.00 [ms] 10000.00 ... 99000000.00 [µs] 600.0000 ... 240000.0000 [rpm] 600.0000 ... 240000.0000 [rpm] p9582 (250.00) p9382 (250000.00) p9581 (1500.0000) p9381 (1500.0000) <2>...
  • Page 671 SI Mtn SSM v_limP1 SI Mtn SSM v_limP2 0.00 ... 100000.00 [rpm] 0.00 ... 100000.00 [rpm] p9546 (20.00) p9346 (20.00) SI Mtn enable CU SI Mtn enable P2 p9501.16 p9301.16 SI Mtn SSM filt P1 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p9545 (0.00) SI Mtn int stat P1 r9722 SI Mtn diag v P1 [rpm]...
  • Page 672 SI Mtn setp_lim [rpm] SI Mtn enable CU SI Mtn enable P2 r9733[0..2] p9501.17 p9301.17 <1> SI Mtn SDI tol P1 SI Mtn SDI Stop P1 0.001 ... 360.000 [°] 0 ... 1 p9564 (12.000) p9566 (1) SI Mtn integ STW SI Mtn SDI t P1 r9720 0.00 ...
  • Page 673 SI Mtn integ STW SI Mtn int stat P1 r9720 r9722 Bit No. Control word Bit No. Status word r9720 r9722 <1> [2855.5] <1> [2855.5] 1 = STO deselection 1 = STO or safe pulse cancellation active r9720.0 r9722.0 <2> [2858.6] <2>...
  • Page 674 SI Mtn DI chg t P1 SI Mtn F-DI t P2 1.00 ... 2000.00 [ms] 1.00 ... 2000.00 [ms] p10002 (500.00) p10102 (500.00) SI DI t_debounceP1 X07.1 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] SI DI status P1 p10017 (1.00) r10051 F-DI 0 r10051 C01770 “Discrepancy error“...
  • Page 675 SI DO status P1 r10052 SI Mtn F-DOs_srcP1 r10052 0 ... 13 p10042 (0) DO 0 X05.4 Safety control +24 V Channel 1 CU DO status r0747 F-DO 0 CU DO status r0747 [2857.8] DO 1 X05.2 Safety control +24 V Channel 2 SI F-DO S_src P2 SI DO status P2...
  • Page 676 F-DI assignment SI Motion SI Mtn int stat P1 STO active Statically active r9722 r9722 F-DI 0 [2850.8] [2819.8], [2840.1] F-DI 1 [2850.8] SI Mtn integ STW SS1 active Deselection STO F-DI 2 r9722.1 [2850.8] r9720 [2819.8], [2840.5] Statically inactive r9720 [2819.1], [2840.1] SLS active...
  • Page 677 Power removed SS1 active [2855.6] Reserved p10039.0 Reserved Safe state [2857.1] SLS active [2855.6] p10039.6 SDI pos active [2855.6] SDI neg active [2855.6] Safety Integrated Extended Functions Function diagram fp_2856_97_55.vsd - 2856 - Safe State selection SINAMICS G120D 09.12.2015 V4.7.6...
  • Page 678 No function [2855.6] STO active [2855.6] SI Mtn F-DOs_srcP1 SS1 active [2855.6] p10042 SI Mtn F-DOs_srcP1 <1> p10042 SI Mtn F-DOs_srcP1 p10042 SLS active SI Mtn F-DOs_srcP1 [2855.6] p10042 SSM feedback signal active SI Mtn F-DOs_srcP1 [2855.6] F-DO 0 p10042 Safe state &...
  • Page 679 Extended Functions STO active r9722.0 [2819.8], [2840.5] Deselection STO SS1 active r9720.0 r9722.1 [2819.1], [2840.1] [2819.8], [2840.5] Deselection SS1 r9720.1 [2819.1], [2840.1] SLS active r9722.4 [2820.7], [2840.5] Internal event r9722.7 Deselection SLS PROFIsafe r9720.4 [2840.5] Safe motion PROFIsafe Communication via monitoring [2820.1], [2840.1] Communication via...

  • Page 680: Safety Integrated Profisafe

    3 Function diagrams 3.10 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe 3.10 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe Function diagrams 2915 – Standard telegrams 2917 – Manufacturer-specific telegrams SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 681 Ps telegram_sel p60022 Interconnec- tion is made according to Telegram PZD1 S_STW1 S_ZSW1 PZD2 PZD3 PZD4 PZD5 PZD6 PZD7 PZD8 PZD9 PZD10 PZD11 PZD12 PZD13 PZD14 PZD15 PZD16 PZD17 PZD18 PZD19 PZD20 PZD21 PZD22 PZD23 PZD24 PZD25 PZD26 PZD27 PZD28 PZD29 PZD30 PZD31...
  • Page 682 Ps telegram_sel p60022 Interconnec- tion is made according to Telegram PZD1 S_STW1 S_ZSW1 PZD2 S_STW5 S_ZSW5 PZD3 PZD4 PZD5 PZD6 PZD7 PZD8 PZD9 PZD10 PZD11 PZD12 PZD13 PZD14 PZD15 PZD16 PZD17 PZD18 PZD19 PZD20 PZD21 PZD22 PZD23 PZD24 PZD25 PZD26 PZD27 PZD28 PZD29...

  • Page 683: Setpoint Channel

    3 Function diagrams 3.11 Setpoint channel 3.11 Setpoint channel Function diagrams 3001 – Overview 3010 – Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2) 3011 – Fixed speed setpoints, direct selection (p1016 = 1) 3020 – Motorized potentiometer 3030 – Main/supplementary setpoint, setpoint scaling, jogging 3040 –...
  • Page 684 STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 STW seq_ctrl r0898 Main setpoint r0898 p1070 [C] RFG setp at inp [rpm] (2050[1]) r1119 Suppl setp p1071 p1075 [C] [6300.1] Setp after limit [rpm] n_set_1 + / - r1114 p1076 Jog 1 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] p1058 [D] (150.000) Jog 2 n_set -210000.000 ...
  • Page 685 n_set_fix select 1 ... 2 p1016 (1) n_set_fixed No act 0.000 0 0 0 0 r1197 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 p1020 r1198 [3011] n_set_fixed 1 [rpm] r1198.0 [2505.6] 0 0 0 1 p1001 [D] (0.000) 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 n_set_fixed 2 [rpm] p1021 r1198...
  • Page 686 n_set_fix select 1 ... 2 p1016 (1) 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 p1020 r1198 r1198.0 [2505.6] [3010] 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 p1021 r1198 r1198.1 [2505.6] n_setp_fix status [3010] r1025 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 2 p1022 r1198 r1198.2 [2505.6] [3010]...
  • Page 687 Data save active The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p1040. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a ashion after OFF and after ON set to the saved value. Automatic mode Ramp-function generator active Without ramp-function generator in automatic mode (ramp-up/ramp-down time = 0).
  • Page 688 PcCtrl active 1 = Jog 1 r0807.0 p1055 r0898 <1> r0898 [2501.7] Setpoint from external operating tool or operator panel. 1 = Jog 2 r0898 p1056 r0898 [2501.7] Total setpoint eff [rpm] Main setpoint eff [rpm] r1073 r1078 Main setpoint <4>...
  • Page 689 STW setpoint chan STW setpoint chan STW setpoint chan p1113 r1198 p1110 r1198 p1111 r1198 r1198 r1198 r1198 [2505.6] [2505.2] [2505.2] 1 = Setpoint inversion 1 = Inhibit negative direction 1 = Inhibit positive direction of rotation of rotation Setp_chan n_lim 0.000 ...
  • Page 690 n_skip 1 [rpm] n_skip 2 [rpm] n_skip 3 [rpm] n_skip 4 [rpm] n_limit pos p1091 [D] (0.000) p1092 [D] (0.000) p1093 [D] (0.000) p1094 [D] (0.000) p1085 [C] <1> <1> <1> <1> (1083[0]) n_limit pos eff [rpm] n_skip scal r1084 p1098 [C] [6030.1] [6640.5]...
  • Page 691 RFG ramp-up time [s] RFG ramp-down time [s] OFF3 t_RD [s] p1120 [D] (10.000) p1121 [D] (10.000) p1135 [D] (0.000) RFG t_RD scal <5> p1139 [C] RFG t_RU scal 0 = Internal quick stop p1138 [C] [2634.8] STW setpoint chan <3>...
  • Page 692 RFG ramp-down time OFF3 t_RD RFG t_start_round RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd RFG t_end_delay RFG OFF3 t_end_del 0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] 0.000 ... 5400.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] p1121 [D] (10.000) p1135 [D] (0.000) p1130 [D] (0.000) p1136 [D] (0.000)
  • Page 693 r0898 [2501.7] r0898 Ramp-function generator enable STW seq_ctrl r0898.4 n_ctrl n_set 1 [2501.7] p1155 [C] n_ctrl n_set 1/2 [rpm] Ramp-function generator selection <2> <5> r1169 <3> n_ctrl n_set 2 p1160 [C] Plot friction characteristic <2> No OFF2 & No OFF3 Interpolator RFG selection p1115...

  • Page 694: Basic Positioner (Epos)

    3 Function diagrams 3.12 Basic positioner (EPOS) 3.12 Basic positioner (EPOS) Function diagrams 3610 – Jog mode 3612 – Referencing/reference point approach mode (p2597 = 0) 3614 – Flying referencing mode (p2597 = 1) 3615 – Traversing block mode, external block change 3616 –...
  • Page 695 Jog 1 S_src p2589 (722.3) <3> Jog 2 S_src p2590 Jog incr (722.4) <2> p2591 <3> (722.5) 0 [LU] 1 = Travel parameterized distance (incremental) s_set act [LU] Jog 1 distance [LU] 0 = Travel endlessly r2671 p2587 (1000) <2> <1>...
  • Page 696 Srch for ref dir Ref_pt offset 1 = Negative p2604 Approach direction -2147482648 ... 2147482647 [LU] 0 = Positive POS_ZSW2 p2600 (0) r2684 <1> r2684 [3646.3] Ref_cam pres 0 ... 1 POS_ZSW2 p2607 (1) Ref_pt coord S_src r2684 p2598 [3614.2] Ref_pt coord val r2684 [3646.1]...
  • Page 697 POS_ZSW2 r2684 Reference point set corr) r2684 [3635.6] [3646.7] POS_ZSW2 With referencing Ref start Without referencing r2684 Reference point F1 = Inner window Inner window p2595 s_set F2 = Outer window r2684 0 ... 2147482647 [LU] s_act <1> p2601 (0) [3646.3] Outer window corr...
  • Page 698 MT_eval edge p2511 [1...2] MT_eval select p2510 [1...2] MeasVal valid fdbk p0488 Meas probe 1 input Meas val valid p2661 Measured value Ext BlckChg eval r2526.2 (2526.2) p0489 Meas probe 2 input 0 ... 1 memory p2632 (0) Ext BlckChg (0->1) p2633 [3616.1] ZSW act trav_block...
  • Page 699 A07461-A07472 Pos act/set value A07483, A07485-A07487 F07484 p2657 <5> Upper torque limiting effective [3617.7] r2686[0] [3635.6] Ext BlckChg s_act [LU] Torque limits Store r2686[1] Lower torque limiting effective [3617.7] <3> r2678 Torque setpoint r2687 <1> r2683.10 Direct output 1 via traversing block [3645.3] External block change Actual traversing block Direct output 2 via traversing block [3645.3]...
  • Page 700 Overview Following err max 0 ... 2147482647 [LU] p2634 [D] (1000) Target position Fixed stop reached r2526.4 Fixed stop reached p2637 (2526.4) [4025] Sensor Fixed stop monit 0 ... 2147482647 [LU] p2635 (100) Fixed stop outside Fixed stop outside window p2638 r2526.5 F07484 “Fixed stop outside the monitoring window“...
  • Page 701 MDI s_set p2642 Pos fixed value [3620.1] -2147482648 ... 2147482647 [LU] (2690[0]) p2690 (0) MDI v_set p2643 v fixed value 1 ... 40000000 [1000 LU/min] (2691[0]) [3620.1] p2691 (600) 100 % MDI a_over p2644 a_over fixed val (2692[0]) 0.100 ... 100.000 [%] [3620.1] p2692 (100.000) 0.1 %...
  • Page 702 Pos act/set value Ext BlckChg s_act [LU] p2657 r2678 <3> [3635.5] (2521[0]) Store Controller enable MDI trans_type sel 1 = Continuous <4> p2649 F07488 0 = Edge & "Relative positioning not possible" MDI setp_accept <2> p2650 <2> Acknowledgment, traversing block activated 0 = Reject traversing r2684.12 [3646.3]...
  • Page 703 S4: Operation (run) ZSWA.00/01/02/11 = 1, ZSWA.06 = 0 [2610] Jog 1 S_src p2589 <1> POWER ON r2669 = 0 hex (722.3) p2589 = 1 Initial state Jog 2 S_src p2590 “Target position reached“ r2684.10 = 1 (722.4) p2590 = 1 “Axis stationary“...
  • Page 704 SW limSwPlus S_src p2579 SW lim switch plus -2147482648 ... 2147482647 [LU] (2581[0]) p2581 (2147482647) End of traversing range SW lim sw act p2582 A07478 "Target position > software limit switch plus" & F07476 POS_ZSW2 "Target position > end of traversing range" 1 = Reference r2684 point set...
  • Page 705 Jerk lim 1 ... 100000000 [1000 LU/s³] p2574 (10000) Jerk limit act A07455 “Maximum velocity limited“ A07473 “Beginning of the traversing range reached“ 1 = Jerk limiting active p2575 A07474 “End of the traversing range reached“ r2684.6 [3646.3] A07479 “Software limit switch minus reached“ Backlash comp A07480 “Software limit switch plus reached“...
  • Page 706 Bit No. Control word, block selection Trav_blk sel bit 0 p2625 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 0 Trav_blk sel bit 1 p2626 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 1 Trav_blk sel bit 2 p2627 1 = Traversing block selection, bit 2 To “traversing block“...
  • Page 707 POS_ZSW1 r2683 Bit No. r2683 Status word, positioning mode 1 = Tracking active From interpolator [3635.7] r2683.0 [4020.1] From traversing range limits [3630.7] 1 = Velocity limiting active r2683.1 From interpolator [3635.7] 1 = Setpoint available r2683.2 [4020.1] / p2551 From interpolator [3635.7] 1 = Target position reached...
  • Page 708 POS_ZSW2 r2684 Bit No. Status word, positioning mode r2684 POS_ZSW2 r2684 [3612.7] r2684 1 = Reference point approach active r2684.0 [4010.1] r2684 [3614.7] r2684 1 = Flying referencing active r2684.1 [4010.1] POS_ZSW2 1 = Referencing active r2684.2 [3614.4] 1 = Print mark outside the outer window r2684.3 From "referencing/flying referencing"...
  • Page 709 ZSW act trav_block r2670 Bit No. Status word, active traversing block r2670 Active traversing block, bit 0 r2670.0 Active traversing block, bit 1 r2670.1 Actual block from “traversing block“ mode Active traversing block, bit 2 r2670.2 [3616.4] Active traversing block, bit 3 r2670.3 Reserved Reserved...

  • Page 710: Position Control

    3 Function diagrams 3.13 Position control 3.13 Position control Function diagrams 4010 – Position actual value preprocessing 4015 – Position controller 4020 – Standstill monitoring / positioning monitoring 4025 – Dynamic following error monitoring, cam controllers SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 711 Encoder 2 Enc Gn_ZSW ActVal_prep STW <4> r0481 [n -1] r2520 [4720] [4730.5] Encoder 1 LU per load rev Mot/load load rev ActVal_prep STW LU per 10 mm Ref_mark act 1 ... 2147483647 [LU] -1048576 ... 1048576 1 ... 2147483647 [LU] r2520 [4720] r2684...
  • Page 712 Enable 1 p2549 r2526 1 = Position control active (899.2) r2526 [2503.7] n_prectrl fact [3635.1] 0.00 ... 200.00 [%] Enable 2 & p2534 [D] (0.00) M_prectr M_inertia p2550 0.000000 ... 100000.000000 [kgm²] p2567 [D] (0.159155) n inp prectrl [rpm] r2566 M_prectrl val [Nm] r2526 r2564...
  • Page 713 Standstill window 0 ... 2147483647 [LU] p2542 (200) Standstill monitoring Mess setp fixed r2683 p2551 (2683.2) [3645.7] F07450 POS_ZSW1 "Standstill monitoring has responded" r2683 [3645.7] r2683 1 = Tracking active Single evaluation t_standstill monit during the positioning monitoring function 0.00 ... 100000.00 [ms] Position p2544 p2543 (200.00)
  • Page 714 Dynamic following error monitoring Position setpoint after the pre-control ballancing filter n_prectrl fact s_delta_monit tol F07452 "Following error too high" [4015.5] 0.00 ... 200.00 [%] 0 ... 2147483647 [LU] Follow error dyn [LU] p2534 [D] (0.00) p2546 [D] (1000) r2563 POS_ZSW2 r2684 [3646.3]...

  • Page 715: Encoder Evaluation

    3 Function diagrams 3.14 Encoder evaluation 3.14 Encoder evaluation Function diagrams 4704 – Position sensing, encoders 1 ... 2 4715 – Speed actual value and pole position sensing, motor encoder ASM/PMSM (encoder 1) 4720 – Encoder interface, receive signals, encoders 1 ... 2 4730 –...
  • Page 716 Configuration, absolute value encoder Encoders Control Unit <1> Enc_config eff Enc grid div - ... - 0 ... 250000000 [nm] Enc_typ sel Sq-wave enc A/B Rot enc pulse No. Enc abs multiturn Enc abs meas step Enc abs singleturn Enc rot dist ZM p0404 [D] p0407 [D] 0 ...
  • Page 717 Induction motor and synchronous motor Only for synchronous motor. Enc inv act value p0410 [D] Transformat_angle [°] Pole position sensing r0094 <2> Zero mark n_act T_smooth n_act_measurement Enc inv act value 0.00 ... 50.00 [ms] p1441 [D] (0.00) p0410 [D] Diag Gn_XIST1 Fine resolution n_act unsmoothed [rpm]...
  • Page 718 PROFIdrive-Bit <1> <5> <1> Enc Gn_STW S_src To the position sensing, Geb Gn_STW p0480 [n-1] encoder n [4704.3] Control word for encoder n (n = 1 or 2) r0487[n-1] To Reference mark search with equivalent zero mark, <1> Index [n-1] --> encoder n encoder 1 [4735.3] Selects the function to be activated (with bit value = 1) Index [0] -->...
  • Page 719 PROFIdrive-Bit Geb Gn_ZSW Encoder status bits from the to the sequence control for Gn_XIST2 position sensing, encoder n Status word from encoder n (n = 1 or 2) r0481[n-1] [4704.5] [4704.8] Feedback signal of the active function (1 = function active) Index [n-1] -->...
  • Page 720 Activate selected function Geb Gn_STW Selecting the function to be activated Position actual value 1 from encoder n [4720.5] r0487[n-1].0 [4704.8] Geb Gn_STW Enc Gn_XIST1 Store [4720.5] r0487[n-1].4 r0482 [n-1] & Geb Gn_STW [4720.5] r0487[n-1].7 <2> D memory element (flip-flop) ZM_equiv inp_term 0 ...
  • Page 721 POWER ON Zero mark p0481.13 Basic functions p4652 = 1 Gn_XIST1 Gn_XIST2 <1> Reset input XIST1_ERW p4652 = 2 Reset output XIST1_ERW p4652 = 3 Reset output Supporting absolute position at incremental XIST1_ERW res mode encoder 0 ... 3 p4652 (0) p0437.13 Enc Gn_XIST1 r0482...

  • Page 722: Vector Control

    3 Function diagrams 3.15 Vector control 3.15 Vector control Function diagrams 6020 – Speed control and generation of the torque limits, overview 6030 – Speed setpoint, droop 6031 – Pre-control balancing, acceleration model 6035 – Moment of inertia estimator 6040 – Speed controller 6050 –...
  • Page 723 [6050] Kp_n-/Tn_n adaptation Kp adaptation Tn adaptation M_suppl 1 n_ctrl SL Kp n_ctrl SL Tn p1511 [C] p1470 p1472 n_ctrl setp sum [rpm] n_ctrl Kp n lower n_ctrl Tn n lower Mot MomInert Ratio r1170 p1460 p1462 p0342 For Kp M_suppl 1 scal <1>...
  • Page 724 Droop input Droop M_comp scal Droop input source -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] n_ctrl I-M_outp [Nm] 0 ... 3 p1487 [D] (100.0) <2> p1488 [D] (0) [6040.8] r1482 Droop M_comp Droop scal p1486 [C] 0.000 ... 0.500 <3> p1489 [D] (0.050) <1>...
  • Page 725 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] M_inert tot scal [kgm²] r0056 r1493 [6035.8] Calculated accelerating torque [6060.1] Acceleration calculation n_C n_act T_s SL a_prectrl scal 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] n_set I_comp p1452 [D] (10.00) [6040.1] p1496 [D] (0.0) r1439 >0 Pre-control balancing...
  • Page 726 n_ctrl config p1400 [D] Mot M_mom of inert p0341 [D] 1 = moment of inertia estimator active Mot MomInert Ratio M_inert tot scal [kgm²] p0342 [D] r1493 [6031.2] ZSW n_ctrl r1407 a_prectrl scal p1496 [D] r1407 1 = moment of inertia estimator active r1407.26 1 = moment of inertia estimator stabilized J_est t J...
  • Page 727 n_ctrl Kp n lower Kp_n_basic 0.000 ... 999999.000 p1460 [D] (0.300) <1> n_ctrl Tn n lower n_ctrl SL Tn <2> n_ctrl SL Kp <1> 0.00 ... 100000.00 [ms] 0.0 ... 100000.0 [ms] To Kp/Tn adaptation 0.000 ... 999999.000 p1462 [D] (20.00) p1472 [D] (20.0) [6050.3] p1470 [D] (0.300)
  • Page 728 Free Kp_n adaptation Free Tn adaptation active (p1400.6) [6490.7] Adapt_factor upper n_ctr adapt_sig Kp 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1455 [C] p1459 [D] (100.0) Adapt_factor lower 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1458 [D] (100.0) n_ctrl AdaptKpLow <1> 0.00 ... 400.00 [%] p1456 [D] (0.00) <1>...
  • Page 729 M_suppl 1 <5> M_suppl total [Nm] p1511 [C] r1515 <1> p1400.14 1 = Torque pre-control STW seq_ctrl [6490.7] M_suppl 1 scal r0898 M_suppl 2 scal p1512 [C] 1 = Speed controller enable [2501.7] -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] r0898 p1514 [D] (100.0) M_accel T_smooth M_suppl 2 0.00 ...
  • Page 730 r0056 Flying restart Slip Uf Res_damp Speed actual compensation gain mode value calculation p1334, p1335 p1338 p1200 [2526] [6310.8] [6310.4] n_ctrl setp sum [rpm] [6310] r1170 RFG setp at inp [rpm] f_outp [Hz] Ramp-function [3001.8] r1119 r0066 generator [6310] [3060] [3070] I_max_ctrl f_outp [rpm] f_outp smooth [Hz]...
  • Page 731 Linear U_output max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 U/f Eco fac act v [%] Eco Mode r1348 Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode 0 ... 23 Mot f_rated [Hz] p1300 [D] (0) Flux current control (FCC) p0310 [D] (0.00) Dependent on the load current U_output max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 r0077 [6300.4]...
  • Page 732 U/f resonance damping U/f slip compensation Uf Res_damp gain 0.00 ... 100.00 p1338 [D] (0.00) Brake f_start p1352 [C] Brake f_start <2> f_res damp -300.00 ... 300.00 [%] (1351[0]) [6300.7] p1351 [D] (0.00) – Uf Res_damp T 1.00 ... 1000.00 [ms] p1339 [D] (20.00) Slip comp lim val Slip comp scal...
  • Page 733 n_ctrl config p1400 [D] Factory setting Speed control configuration Bit No. Meaning 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active [6040.2] 1 = Sensorless vector control, freeze I component [6040.6] Reserved 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active [6040.2] 1 = Free Tn adaptation active [6050.6] Reserved 1 = Torque pre-control always active...
  • Page 734 Flux ctrl config p1401 [D] Factory setting Flux control, configuration Bit No. Meaning 1 = Flux setpoint, soft starting active [6722.5] 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active [6723.6] 1 = Flux build-up control active [6722.5], [6723.6] Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 = Quick magnetization [6722.5] 1 = Pre-control speed limitation Reserved...
  • Page 735 Upper torque limit M_max upper p1522 [C] M_max up w/o offs [Nm] M_max upper <1> (1520[0]) -1000000.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] r1526 p1520 [D] (0.00) [6640.1] M_max upper scal p1528 [C] M_max upper scal (1524[0]) -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] p1524 [D] (100.0) Lower torque limit M_max lower p1523 [C]...
  • Page 736 Stall limit scal Mot L_leak total [mH] 80.0 ... 130.0 [%] Current limiting Speed limiting r0377 [D] p1553 [D] (100.0) Kp from speed controller [6040.5] Tn from speed controller [6040.6] [6723.3] U_output max [Vrms] Iq stall 1 = Speed limiting control calculation [6724.4] r0071...
  • Page 737 I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn p1715 p1717 Vdc act val [V] U_output [Vrms] Iq_set [Arms] r0070 r0072 r0077 M_set [Nm] Mod_depth [%] U_set r0079 r0074 U_angle [6020.8] – Iq controller I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn [6710] Current setpoint filter p1715 p1717 U_output max [Vrms] Id_set [Arms] r0071 r0075...
  • Page 738 ZSW cl-loop ctrl ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 [2526.7] 1 = Vdc_max controller active 1 = Frequency, negative [2526.6] [6220.8] r0056 r0056 Iq_max [6220.8] Isq_max [Arms] [6640.8] r1536 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.7] 1 = Vdc_min controller active [6220.8] r0056 Iq_min [6220.8] Isq_min [Arms]...
  • Page 739 Transv_decpl scal TrnsvDecplVmaxScal <2> 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] Mot L_leak total [mH] U_quad_decoupl [Vrms] p1726 [D] (75.0) p1727 [D] (50.0) r0377 [D] r1729 U_set 1 Flux setp total [%] [6723.1] <1> [6724.1] <2> r1598 <1> [6723.5] <2>...
  • Page 740 I_set T_smooth 4 ... 10000 [ms] p1616 [D] (40) MotMod status [6731.3] r1751.0 From Id_field weakening [6724.8] Mot phi_load opt 0.0 ... 135.0 [°] Id_setp total [Arms] p0327 [D] (90.0) r1624 Id_inject [6640.1], [6714.1] Iq_set [Arms] Load angle correction [6710.8] r0077 Id_set Iabs...
  • Page 741 Mot t_excitation 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] Field weak T_smth Field weak scal p0346 [D] (0.000) 0 ... 20000 [ms] 80.0 ... 120.0 [%] p1584 [D] (0) p1586 [D] (100.0) ZSW cl-loop ctrl p1401.0 r0056 1 = Flux setpoint soft starting active r0056 [2526.2] p1401...
  • Page 742 Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp 0 ... 4 [V] 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] 0 ... 10 20.0 ... 150.0 [%] p1802 [D] (0) p1803 [D] (106.0) p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) <1> <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth Modulat_depth max [%] U_output max [Vrms] r0073 r0071...
  • Page 743 Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp Modulator mode Modulat depth max 0 ... 4 [V] 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] 0 ... 4 20.0 ... 150.0 [%] p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) p1802 [D] (4) p1803 [D] (106.0) <1> <1> Calculation, max.
  • Page 744 Control Unit Power Module Vdc act val [V] [6723.1] [6799.1] r0070 [8022.1] U_output [Vrms] DC link voltage (Vdc) r0072 Mod_depth [%] [6799.1] r0074 Pulse enable HW [8022.1] U_set [6799.5] [6300.8] [2701.8] [6714.8] U_angle [6714.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl Gain res_damp <1> p1740 r0056 r0056...
  • Page 745 Control Unit Power Module Vdc act val [V] [6724.1] [6799.1] r0070 DC link voltage (Vdc) U_output [Vrms] [8022.1] Pulse enable HW r0072 Mod_depth [%] [2701.8] [6799.1] r0074 [8022.1] U_set [6799.5] [6714.8] U_angle [6714.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl Gain res_damp r0056 n_act p1740 [4715.5] r0056...
  • Page 746 n_set before filt. [rpm] Mod_depth [%] n_set smth [rpm] Mod_depth smth [%] [6030.2] r0060 [6730.4] r0074 100 ms 100 ms r0020 r0028 [6731.4] n_act smooth [rpm] n_act [rpm] r0021 Id_act [Arms] Id_act smooth [Arms] [4715.6] r0063 [6714.8] r0076 100 ms 300 ms r0029 n_act rpm smooth [rpm]...

  • Page 747: Technology Functions

    3 Function diagrams 3.16 Technology functions 3.16 Technology functions Function diagrams 7010 – Friction characteristic 7017 – DC braking (ASM, p0300 = 1) SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 748 Record friction characteristic Friction ZSW r3840 Frict rec t_RU/RD r3840 0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] p3846 [D] (10.000) Friction characteristic record activated Frict rec t_warm 0.000 ... 3600.000 [s] r3840.1 p3847 [D] (0.000) Friction characteristic record completed r3840.2 [3080.7] Friction characteristic record aborted Drive ON from the sequence control Frict rec act r3840.3...
  • Page 749 <1> <2> I_act abs val [Arms] Mot t_de-excitat DCBRK I_brake DCBRK time DCBRK n_start Current actual values 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] 0.00 ... 10000.00 [Arms] 0.0 ... 3600.0 [s] 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] [6714] r0068[0..1] p0347 [D] (0.000) p1232 [D] (0.00) p1233 [D] (1.0) p1234 [D] (210000.00) n_act...

  • Page 750: Free Function Blocks

    3 Function diagrams 3.17 Free function blocks 3.17 Free function blocks Function diagrams 7200 – Sampling times of the runtime groups 7210 – AND 0 ... 3 7212 – OR 0 ... 3 7214 – XOR 0 ... 3 7216 – NOT 0 ... 5 7220 –...
  • Page 751 Run-time group RTG sampling time [ms] r20001[1] = 8 ms r20001[2] = 16 ms r20001[3] = 32 ms r20001[4] = 64 ms r20001[5] = 128 ms r20001[6] = 256 ms r20001[0..9] Logic function blocks AND, OR, XOR, NOT Arithmetic function blocks ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV, AVA, NCM, PLI Time function blocks MFP, PCL, PDE, PDF, PST...
  • Page 752 AND (AND function blocks) AND 0 AND 2 AND 0 RTG AND 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20032 (9999) p20040 (9999) AND 0 inputs AND 2 inputs p20030 p20038 AND 0 output Q AND 2 output Q r20031 r20039 AND 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 753 OR (OR function blocks) OR 0 OR 2 OR 0 RTG OR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20048 (9999) p20056 (9999) OR 0 inputs OR 2 inputs p20046 p20054 OR 0 output Q OR 2 output Q r20047 r20055 OR 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 754 XOR (XOR function blocks) XOR 0 XOR 2 XOR 0 RTG XOR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20064 (9999) p20072 (9999) XOR 0 inputs XOR 2 inputs p20062 p20070 XOR 0 output Q XOR 2 output Q r20063 r20071 XOR 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 755 NOT (inverter) NOT 0 NOT 3 NOT 0 RTG NOT 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20080 (9999) p20092 (9999) NOT 0 input I NOT 3 input I p20078 NOT 0 inv output p20090 NOT 3 inv output r20079 r20091 NOT 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 756 ADD (adder) SUB (subtracter) ADD 0 RTG ADD 0 5 ... 9999 p20096 (9999) SUB 0 ADD 0 inputs p20094 SUB 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 ADD 0 output Y p20104 (9999) r20095 SUB 0 inputs p20102 SUB 0 difference Y X1 - X2 r20103 ADD 0 RunSeq...
  • Page 757 MUL (multiplier) DIV (divider) MUL 0 DIV 0 MUL 0 RTG DIV 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 5 ... 9999 p20112 (9999) p20121 (9999) MUL 0 inputs DIV 0 inputs DIV 0 quotient p20110 p20118 r20119 DIV 0 Quotient MUL 0 product Y DIV 0 Multiple integer quotient r20111...
  • Page 758 AVA (absolute value generator) AVA 0 AVA 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20131 (9999) AVA 0 output Y AVA 0 input X r20129 p20128 AVA 0 input neg SN r20130 AVA 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20132 (340) AVA 1 AVA 1 RTG 5 ...
  • Page 759 NCM (numeric comparator) NCM 0 NCM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20316 (9999) NCM 0 inputs X1 > X2 > r20313 NCM 0 output QU p20312 X1 = X2 r20314 NCM 0 output QE X1 < X2 < r20315 NCM 0 output QL NCM 0 RunSeq 0 ...
  • Page 760 PLI (polyline scaling) <1> PLI 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20376 (9999) Breakpoint 0 (A0/B0 = p20374[0]/p20375[0]) ... Breakpoint 19 (A19/B19 = p20374[19]/p20375[19]) PLI 0 X-coordinate A18/B18 -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20374 (0.0000) A19/B19 PLI 0 input X p20372 PLI 0 output Y PLI 0 r20373 A0/B0...
  • Page 761 MFP (pulse generator) PCL (pulse contractor) MFP 0 MFP 2 PCL 0 MFP 0 RTG MFP 0 pulse_dur ms MFP 2 RTG MFP 2 pulse_dur ms PCL 0 RTG PCL 0 pulse_dur ms 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ...
  • Page 762 PDE (ON delay) PDE 0 PDE 2 PDE 0 RTG PDE 0 t_del ms PDE 2 RTG PDE 2 t_del ms 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20161 (9999) p20159 (0.00) p20337 (9999) p20335 (0.00) PDE 0 inp_pulse I PDE 2 inp_pulse I p20158...
  • Page 763 PDF (OFF delay) PDF 0 PDF 2 PDF 0 RTG PDF 0 t_ext ms PDF 2 RTG PDF 2 t_ext ms 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20171 (9999) p20169 (0.00) p20347 (9999) p20345 (0.00) PDF 0 inp_pulse I PDF 2 inp_pulse I p20168...
  • Page 764 PST (pulse stretcher) PST 0 PST 0 RTG PST 0 pulse_dur ms 5 ... 9999 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20181 (9999) p20179 (0.00) PST 0 inputs p20178 Input pulse PST 0 output Q r20180 Reset input PST 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20182 (490) PST 1 PST 1 RTG...
  • Page 765 RSR (RS flip-flop) DFR (D flip-flop) RSR 0 RSR 0 RTG DFR 0 DFR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 1 ... 9999 p20191 (9999) p20201 (9999) DFR 0 inputs p20198 RSR 0 inputs DFR 0 output Q Trigger input RSR 0 output Q p20188 r20199 D input...
  • Page 766 BSW (binary change-over switch) NSW (numeric change-over switch) BSW 0 NSW 0 BSW 0 RTG BSW 0 RunSeq NSW 0 RTG NSW 0 RunSeq 1 ... 9999 0 ... 7999 5 ... 9999 0 ... 32000 p20211 (9999) p20212 (580) p20221 (9999) p20222 (610) BSW 0 inputs...
  • Page 767 LIM (limiter) LIM 0 LIM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20234 (9999) LIM 0 QU LIM 0 upper lim LU LIM 0 input X -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 r20232 p20228 LIM 0 output Y p20229 (0.0000) r20231 LIM 0 QL LIM 0 lower lim LL r20233 -340.28235E36 ...
  • Page 768 PT1 (smoothing element) PT1 0 PT1 1 PT1 0 T_smooth ms PT1 1 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20246 (0.00) p20252 (0.00) PT1 0 RTG PT1 0 RunSeq PT1 1 RTG PT1 1 RunSeq 5 ... 9999 0 ...
  • Page 769 INT (integrator) INT 0 INT 0 RTG INT 0 RunSeq 5 ... 9999 0 ... 32000 p20264 (9999) p20265 (700) INT 0 T_Integr ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20259 (0.00) INT 0 QU INT 0 upper lim LU INT 0 inputs -340.28235E36 ...
  • Page 770 LVM (double-sided limit monitor with hysteresis) LVM 0 LVM 1 LVM 0 avg value M LVM 1 avg value M -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20267 (0.0000) p20276 (0.0000) LVM 0 limit L LVM 0 hyst HY LVM 1 limit L LVM 1 hyst HY -340.28235E36 ...

  • Page 771: Technology Controller

    3 Function diagrams 3.18 Technology controller 3.18 Technology controller Function diagrams 7950 – Fixed value selection binary (p2216 = 2) 7951 – Fixed value selection direct (p2216 = 1) 7954 – Motorized potentiometer 7958 – Closed-loop control SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 772 Tec_ctr FixVal sel 1 ... 2 p2216 [D] (1) 0 ... 15 Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 Tec_ctrl No. act 0.00 % 0 0 0 0 p2220 [C] [7951] r2229 Tec_ctrl fix val1 [%] 0 0 0 1 Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2201 [D] (10.00) p2221 [C] [7951]...
  • Page 773 Tec_ctr FixVal sel 1 ... 2 p2216 [D] (1) Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 p2220 [C] [7950] Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 [C] Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW [7950] r2225 r2225 Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] [7950] Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] [7950] Tec_ctrl fix val1 [%] 0 0 0 1...
  • Page 774 Tec_ctr mop config p2230 [D] (0000 0100 bin) Data save active The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved after OFF and after ON is entered using r2231. Initial rounding-off active Without initial rounding.
  • Page 775 Tec_ctr integ hold Tec_ctrl outp scal p2252 r0056 p2286 [C] <3> p2296 [C] Tec_ctrl outp scal r0056 (56.13) (2295[0]) -100.00 ... 100.00 [%] Tec_ctrl lim enab Tec_ctrl thr_skip p2295 (100.00) p2290 [C] p2339 Tec_ctr set aftRFG [%] Tec_ctrl sys_dev [%] Tec_ctrl set1 scal Tec_ctrl status r2260...

  • Page 776: Signals And Monitoring Functions

    3 Function diagrams 3.19 Signals and monitoring functions 3.19 Signals and monitoring functions Function diagrams 8005 – Overview 8010 – Speed signals 1 8011 – Speed signals 2 8012 – Torque signals, motor blocked/stalled 8013 – Load monitoring 8016 – Thermal monitoring motor, motor temperature status word faults/alarms 8017 –...
  • Page 777 n_act [rpm] n_act smth message [rpm] r0063 r2169 [4715.7] n_ctrl setp sum [rpm] n_max r1170 [3080] n_ctrl n_set [rpm] r1438 [6031] [8011] Speed messages 2 M_set [Nm] r0079 [6060] [8010] Speed messages 1 M_max upper eff [Nm] Limit value monitor r1538 [6640] M_max lower eff [Nm]...
  • Page 778 n_limit pos eff [rpm] F07901 "motor overspeed" r1084 From setpoint limiting [3050.8] r1087 n_limit neg eff [rpm] ZSW monitor 1 n_act [rpm] r2197 r0063 r2197 [2534.3] [6799.4] |n_act| > n_max n_thresh val 3 n_act_filt T 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] 0 ... 1000000 [ms] p2161 [D] (5.00) p2153 [D] (0) Hyst n_act>n_max...
  • Page 779 ZSW monitor 1 n_act smth message [rpm] r2197 r2169 [8010.2] r2197 [2534.3] n_act • 0 <1> n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.00 [rpm] n_set for msg p2150 [D] (2.00) ZSW monitor 2 p2151 [C] r2198 (1170[0]) r2198 [2536.3] n_thresh val 3 [3080.8] n_set >...
  • Page 780 Motor locked detection or motor locked monitoring Torque messages function (not for closed-loop torque control) (not for U/f control) STW n_ctrl M_util t_off r1406 p1545 0.0 ... 1000.0 [ms] 1 = Traverse to fixed endstop Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode p2195 [D] (800.0) [2520.7] r1406 p1300...
  • Page 781 p2149.1 A07926 "Envelop characteristic, parameter not valid" M_act_filt T <2> 0 ... 1000000 [ms] p3233 [D] (100) M [Nm] M_act [Nm] r0080 [6799.8] M_thresh 3 upper 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2189 [D] (10000000.00) M_thresh 3 lower 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] Load monit config Load monit resp p2190 [D] (0.00)
  • Page 782 Mot_temp_sens type 0 ... 6 Mot temp [°C] p0601 [D] (0) [8017.1] r0035 via motor temperature model 2 [8018.8] 0 = No sensor Thermal monitoring motor PTC alarm and time <1> Motor temperature sensor via T1/T2 [2201.1] KTY84 Bimetal NC contact alarm with Mod1/2/sens T_thr Mot temp response time step...
  • Page 783 1 = Activate motor temperature model 1 expansions p0612.8 I2t F thresh p0615 F thresh p5391 1 = Activate motor temperature model 1 (I2t) Mot temp response p0612.0 (0) p0610 <5> Mot I_rated p0305 I_act abs val [Arms] <6> Motor temperature model 1 (I2t) r0068 model [8016.6]...
  • Page 784 1 = Activate motor 1 = Activate motor temperature temperature model 2 model 2 expansions p0612.1 (1) p0612.9 (1) Rated motor temperature rise Calculated motor temperatures Mot T_ambient Mod T_ambient [°C] r0630 [D] p0625 Motor temperature model 2 (Thermal 3-mass-model) Mot T_over core Mod T_stator [°C] r0631 [D]...
  • Page 785 Mot temp response 1 = Activate motor temperature model 3 Mod T_winding [°C] F thr image p5391 [°C] r0632 [D] r5399 [D] p0610 p0612.2 (0) <1> Threshold value for F07011 Motor temperature model 3 [8016.6] I_act abs val [Arms] Mod T_stator [°C] r0068 r0631 [D] Only for:...
  • Page 786 Power module Control Unit Thermal monitoring for the power module ZSW fault/alarm 2 Maximum power module temperature r2135 T_max heatsink r2135 [2548.2] 1 = Fault power unit thermal overload Temperature measurement Faults "Power unit overtemperature" F30004 "Overtemperature heat sink AC inverter" F30024 "Overtemperature thermal model"...
  • Page 787 n_min p1080 n_act smth message [rpm] r2197 [8010.2] r2169 r2197.0 [2534.2] 1 = |n_act| ” n_min p1080 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 RFG setp at inp [rpm] r2197 [3050.8] r1119 r2197.4 [2534.2] – 1 = |n_act| • n_set n_standst n_thresh Pulse suppr t_del n_hysteresis 3 p1226 p1228...
  • Page 788 n_thresh val 5 p2157 Del compar n_5 p2158 n_act smth message [rpm] r2198 [8010.2] r2169 r2198.0 [2536.2] 1 = |n_act| ” p2157 n_thresh val 5 p2157 Del compar n_5 n_hysteresis 3 p2158 p2150 r2198 r2198.1 [2536.2] 1 = |n_act| > p2157 n_thresh val 6 p2159 Del compar n_6...

  • Page 789: Diagnostics

    3 Function diagrams 3.20 Diagnostics 3.20 Diagnostics Function diagrams 8050 – Overview 8060 – Fault buffer 8065 – Alarm buffer 8070 – Faults/alarms trigger word (r2129) 8075 – Faults/alarms configuration SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 790 Fxxxxx Fyyyyy r0945 r0949 r0948 r2109 t_System relative Fault cases qty Code Value coming going Fzzzzz 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] 0 ... 65535 faults p0969 (0) p0952 (0) [8060] Fault buffer Axxxxx r2122 r2124 r2123 r2125 Ayyyyy Alarm counter Azzzzz Code Value coming...
  • Page 791 LED "RDY" [= red for fault] Act fault code Act fault val Comp_no act r2131 r3131 r3132 1 ms t_System relative 0 = "No fault present" <2> 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] p0969 (0) Diagnostic Fault time Fault time Component attribute 32 bit counter, free running Fault code...
  • Page 792 Actual alarm code r2132 <1> 0 = "No alarm present" Diagnostic Alarm code Alarm value Alarm time Alarm time Component attribute "received" "removed" alarm alarm Operating time [8060.1] Alarm times Counter 16 bit 1 = External alarm 1 (A07850) effective Alarm appears Alarms r2124[0] [I32]...
  • Page 793 F/A trigger sel 0 ... 65535 p2128 (0) F/A trigger word r2129 Fault/alarm trigger word 0. Message/signal present r2129 r2129.0 (e.g. as trigger condition to record traces) 0. Fault/alarm code 1. Message/signal present r2129.1 1. Fault/alarm code 15. Message/signal present [15] r2129.15 15.
  • Page 794 <1> The fault response, acknowledge mode and message type for all faults and alarms are set to meaningful default values in the factory setting. Changes are only possible in specific value ranges specified by SIEMENS. DCBRK = DC Brake When the message type is changed, the supplementary information is tranferred from fault value r0949 to alarm value r2124 and vice versa.

  • Page 795: Data Sets

    3 Function diagrams 3.21 Data sets 3.21 Data sets Function diagrams 8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) 8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) 8570 – Encoder Data Sets (EDS) SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 796 Example: Change over command data set CDS0 --> CDS1 BI: p0810 = "0" BI: p0810 = "1" CDS0 selected CDS1 selected r0836.0 = 0 r0836.0 = 1 Source CDS Target CDS Start copy process p0809[0] (0) p0809[1] (1) p0809[2] (0) CDS0 effective CDS1 effective r0050.0 = 0...
  • Page 797 Copy DDS, source Copy DDS, target Copy DDS, start p0819[0] (0) p0819[1] (1) p0819[2] (0) DDS selected r0837 DDS count DDS select., bit 0 r0837 1 ... 4 p0820 [C] r0837.1 p0180 (1) [2513.2] DDS select., bit 1 DDS3 p0821 [C] A07530 "Drive data set does not exist"...
  • Page 798 DDS count 1 ... 4 p0180 (1) C= CDS, p0170 Encoder assignment D= DDS, p0180 DDS (Drive Data Set) DDS select., bit 0 p0820 [C] p0187[D] (Enc 1 EDS number) Drive Data Set [0] DDS select., bit 1 p0188[D] (Enc 2 EDS number) <1>...

  • Page 799: Faults And Alarms

    Faults and alarms Content Overview of faults and alarms List of faults and alarms SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...

  • Page 800: Overview Of Faults And Alarms

    4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms 4.1.1 General Display of faults/alarms (messages) In the case of a fault, the drive signals the corresponding fault(s) and/or alarm(s). For example, the following methods for displaying faults and alarms are available: •...
  • Page 801 4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Fault reactions The following fault reactions are defined: Table 4-2 Fault reactions List PROFIdrive Reaction Description NONE None No response when a fault occurs. Note: With "Basic positioner" (r0108.4 = 1), the following applies: When a fault occurs with fault reaction "NONE", an active traversing task is interrupted and the system switches to tracking mode until the fault has been rectified and acknowledged.
  • Page 802 4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Table 4-2 Fault reactions, continued List PROFIdrive Reaction Description OFF3 QUICK Brake along the Closed loop speed control (p1300 = 20, 21) STOP OFF3 down ramp • n_set = 0 is input immediately to brake the drive along the OFF3 followed by pulse ramp down (p1135).
  • Page 803 4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Acknowledging faults The list of faults and alarms specifies how to acknowledge each fault after the cause has been eliminated. Table 4-3 Acknowledging faults Acknowledgment Description POWER ON The fault is acknowledged by a POWER ON (switch drive unit off and on again). Note: If this action has not removed the fault cause, the fault is displayed again immediately after power up.

  • Page 804: Explanation Of The List Of Faults And Alarms

    4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 4.1.2 Explanation of the list of faults and alarms The data in the following example have been chosen at random. The information listed below is the maximum amount of information that a description can contain. Some of the information is optional.
  • Page 805 4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Note: You can change the default properties of a fault or alarm by setting parameters. References: /BA10/ SINAMICS G120 Operating Instructions Frequency Converter with CU240D-2 Control Units, Section "Alarms, faults, and system messages" References: /BA11/ SINAMICS G120 Operating Instructions Frequency Converter with CU250D-2 Control Units,...
  • Page 806 4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms • NAMUR (r3113.x) Specifies the bit number in parameter r3113. For the interfaces DP, ET 200, NAMUR, in some instances, the message classes are combined. Table 4-4 Message classes and coding of various diagnostic interfaces Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive) Diagnostics interface Cause and remedy.
  • Page 807 4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Table 4-4 Message classes and coding of various diagnostic interfaces, continued Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive) Diagnostics interface Cause and remedy. ET 200 NAMUR (hex) (dec) (dec) (dec) (r3113.x)
  • Page 808 4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Table 4-4 Message classes and coding of various diagnostic interfaces, continued Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive) Diagnostics interface Cause and remedy. ET 200 NAMUR (hex) (dec) (dec) (dec) (r3113.x)
  • Page 809 4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Remedy: Describes the methods available for eliminating the cause of the active fault or alarm. WARNING On a case for case basis, service and maintenance personnel are responsible for choosing a suitable method for eliminating the cause of faults.

  • Page 810: Number Ranges Of Faults And Alarms

    4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 4.1.3 Number ranges of faults and alarms Note: The following number ranges represent an overview of all faults and alarms used in the SINAMICS drive family. The faults and alarms for the product described in this List Manual are described in detail in "List of faults and alarms"...
  • Page 811 Area 40000 40999 Controller Extension 32 (CX32) 41000 48999 Reserved 49000 49999 SINAMICS GM/SM/GL 50000 50499 Communication Board (COMM BOARD) 50500 59999 OEM Siemens 60000 65535 SINAMICS DC MASTER (closed-loop DC current control) SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...

  • Page 812: List Of Faults And Alarms

    POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - evaluate fault buffer (r0945). - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components. - if required, check the data on the non-volatile memory (e.g. memory card).
  • Page 813 IMMEDIATELY Cause: A memory area was accessed that does not return a "READY". Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components. - contact Technical Support. N01004 (F, A)
  • Page 814 POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact Technical Support.
  • Page 815 Acknowledge: NONE Cause: On the memory card, one file in the directory /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/DATA or /ADDON/SINAMICS/DATA has been illegally changed with respect to that supplied from the factory. No changes are permitted in this directory. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): zyx dec: x = Problem, y = Directory, z = File name x = 1: File does not exist.
  • Page 816 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: An internal software timeout has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact Technical Support.
  • Page 817 = 04 hex: An invalid data backup was loaded from the memory card into the drive. The drive is in the factory setting. dd, cc, bb: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. See also: p0971 (Save parameters) Remedy: - Download the project again with the commissioning software.
  • Page 818 = 001 ... 062 --> drive object number yyy = 099 --> PROFIBUS parameter back-up file Byte 2, 3, 4: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: If you have saved the project data using the commissioning software, carry out a new download for your project.
  • Page 819 = 011 --> data save started with p0971 = 11 b = 012 --> data save started with p0971 = 12 d, c: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - check the file attribute of the files (PSxxxyyy.***, CAxxxyyy.***, CCxxxyyy.***) and, if required, change from "read only"...
  • Page 820 23: Format illegal. 24: Number of values not consistent. 108: Unit unknown. Additional values: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - enter the correct value in the specified parameter. - identify the parameter that restricts the limits of the specified parameter.
  • Page 821 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the parameters displayed in r9406 up to r9408, and correct these if required. - Restore the factory setting using (p0970 = 1) and re-load the project into the drive unit. Then save the parameterization in STARTER using the function "Copy RAM to ROM"...
  • Page 822 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A01066 Buffer memory: 70% fill level reached or exceeded Message class: General drive fault (19) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The non-volatile buffer memory for parameter changes is filled to at least 70%. This can also occur if the buffer memory is active (p0014 = 1) and parameters are continually changed via a fieldbus system.
  • Page 823 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: Too many data sets are configured on this Control Unit. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - reduce the number of data sets. F01107 Save to memory card unsuccessful Message class:...
  • Page 824 Cause: An internal software error occurred while the terminal functions were being initialized. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version.
  • Page 825 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: Error when reading the read-only data of the EEPROM in the Control Unit. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON. - replace the Control Unit. A01251...
  • Page 826 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): xyy hex: x = fault cause, yy = component number or connection number. 1yy: The communications clock cycle of the DRIVE-CLiQ connection on the Control Unit is not sufficient for all read transfers.
  • Page 827 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F01510 BICO: Signal source is not float type Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The requested connector output does not have the correct data type. This interconnection is not established. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Parameter number to which an interconnection should be made (connector output).
  • Page 828 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Not necessary. A01514 (F) BICO: Error when writing during a reconnect Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: During a reconnect operation (e.g. while booting or downloading - but can also occur in normal operation) a parameter was not able to be written to.
  • Page 829 For these fault values, the failsafe control signals (failsafe values) are transferred to the safety functions. 6000: An internal software error has occurred (only for internal Siemens troubleshooting). 6064 ... 6071: error when evaluating the F parameter. The values of the transferred F parameters do not match the expected values in the PROFIsafe driver.
  • Page 830 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms For fault value = 1001, 1002: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). For fault value = 1950, 1951: - Operate the Control Unit in the permissible temperature range. - replace Control Unit. For fault value = 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003: - check the discrepancy time, and if required, increase the value (p9650/p9850).
  • Page 831 - there is a communication error between processor 1 and processor 2 or communication has failed. - a time slice overflow of the safety software has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - select Safe Torque Off and de-select again.
  • Page 832 Note: This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). - re-commission the "Safety Integrated" function and carry out a POWER ON.
  • Page 833 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F01650 SI P1 (CU): Acceptance test required Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function on processor 1 requires an acceptance test. Note: This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged.
  • Page 834 2. This synchronization routine was unsuccessful. Note: This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). F01653 SI P1 (CU): PROFIBUS/PROFINET configuration error...
  • Page 835 Note: This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). - check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance...
  • Page 836 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F01658 SI P1 (CU): PROFIsafe telegram number not suitable Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The PROFIsafe telegram number in p60022 is unsuitable for the enabled safety functions. Possible causes: - When PROFIsafe is not enabled (p9601.3 = 0), then it is not permissible to select a PROFIsafe telegram in p60022.
  • Page 837 OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: A module-internal communication error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact Technical Support. F01663...
  • Page 838 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Note: This fault does not result in a safety stop response. SI: Safety Integrated See also: p9700 (SI copy function) Remedy: - set p9700 to 0. - check p9501 and/or p9601 and if required, correct. - restart the copying function by entering the corresponding value into p9700.
  • Page 839 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F01680 SI Motion P1 (CU): Checksum error safety monitoring functions Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The actual checksum calculated by the drive and entered in r9728 via the safety-relevant parameters does not match the reference checksum saved in p9729 at the last machine acceptance.
  • Page 840 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: Monitoring function SLP not supported (p9501.1). 2: Monitoring function SCA not supported (p9501.7 and p9501.8 ... 15). 3: Monitoring function SLS override not supported (p9501.5). 4: Monitoring function external ESR activation not supported (p9501.4).
  • Page 841 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Note: NVRAM: Non-Volatile Random Access Memory (non-volatile read and write memory) F01692 SI Motion P1 (CU): Parameter value not permitted for encoderless Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge:...
  • Page 842 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms - the test must be performed within a defined, maximum time interval (p9559, maximum of 9000 hours) in order to comply with the requirements as laid down in the standards for timely fault detection and the conditions to calculate the failure rates of safety functions (PFH value).
  • Page 843 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - remove the cause of the fault on the monitoring channel of processor 2. - carry out a diagnostics routine for message C01706. - carry out a diagnostics routine for message C01714. - carry out a diagnostics routine for message C01701.
  • Page 844 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms C01711 SI Motion P1 (CU): Defect in a monitoring channel Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: When cross-comparing the two monitoring channels, the drive detected a difference between the input data or results of the monitoring functions and initiated a STOP F.
  • Page 845 For these message values, the failsafe control signals (failsafe values) are transferred to the safety functions. The significance of the individual message values is described in safety fault F01611. Message values that have not been listed are only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. See also: r9725 (SI Motion diagnostics STOP F)
  • Page 846 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms For message value = 1 ... 999: - if the message value is listed under cause: Check the crosswise-compared parameters to which the message value refers. - copy the safety parameters. - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
  • Page 847 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 47: Selection F-DI for PROFIsafe (p10050, p10150) 48: Selection F-DI for PROFIsafe (p10050, p10150) 49: SI SDI positive input terminal (p10030, p10130). 50: SI SDI negative input terminal (p10031, p10131). Remedy: - check parameterization in the parameters involved and correct if required.
  • Page 848 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms C01770 SI Motion P1 (CU): Discrepancy error of the fail-safe inputs Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The fail-safe digital inputs (F-DI) show a different state longer than that parameterized in p10002 / p10102. Fault value (r0949, interpret binary): Bit 0: Discrepancy error for F-DI 0 Bit 1: Discrepancy error for F-DI 1...
  • Page 849 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F01773 SI Motion P1 (CU): Test stop fail-safe digital output error Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: A fault has occurred on processor 1 during the forced checking procedure (test stop) of the fail-safe digital output. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): RRRVWXYZ hex: R: Reserved.
  • Page 850 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms DI expected states in table format: Test stop state: Expectation Mode 1 / Mode 2 / Mode 3 / Mode 4 5: -/1/1/- 7: -/0/0/- 9: -/0/1/- 11: -/0/1/- 13: -/1/1/- Example: Fault F01773 (P1) is signaled with fault value = 0001_0127 and fault F30773 (P2) is signaled with fault value 0000_0127.
  • Page 851 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - deselect STO via safe motion monitoring functions. - remove the cause of the safety messages and acknowledge the messages. Note: The automatic test stop is performed after removing the cause. A01790 SI: Power up stopped due to STO via terminals Message class:...
  • Page 852 211: Unknown parameterizing block. 501: PROFIsafe parameter error (e.g. F_dest). 502: PROFIsafe telegram does not match. Additional values: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: Check the bus configuration on the master and slave sides. For alarm value = 2: Check the number of data words for input and output.
  • Page 853 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: Internal synchronization of the application cycles unsuccessful. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components. - upgrade the Control Unit software. A01953...
  • Page 854 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A02051 Trace: recording not possible as a result of know-how protection Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: TRACE recording is not possible as at least one signal or trigger signal being used is under know-how protection. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): 1: Recorder 0 2: Recorder 1...
  • Page 855 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A02060 Trace: Signal to be traced missing Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: - a signal to be traced was not specified. - the specified signals are not valid.
  • Page 856 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Restart trace. A02095 MTrace 0: multiple trace cannot be activated Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The following functions or settings are not permissible in conjunction with a multiple trace (trace recorder 0): - measuring function - long-time trace - trigger condition "immediate recording start"...
  • Page 857 Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal): The interface version in the DCB user library is not compatible to the DCC standard library that has been loaded. Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components.
  • Page 858 Too many functions have been configured on this Control Unit (e.g. too many drives, function modules, data sets, OA applications, blocks, etc). Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - change the configuration on this Control Unit (e.g. fewer drives, function modules, data sets, OA applications, blocks, etc).
  • Page 859 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Note: For the following analog input type, the wire breakage monitoring is active: p0756[0...1] = 1 (2 ... 10 V with monitoring) Remedy: - check the connection to the signal source for interruptions. - check the magnitude of the injected current - it is possible that the infed signal is too low.
  • Page 860 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Check the following: - is the ambient temperature within the defined limit values? - has the fan failed? Check the direction of rotation. A05004 (N) Power unit: Rectifier overtemperature Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction:...
  • Page 861 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the parameterized supply voltage and if required change (p0210). - check the line supply voltage. See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage) A06921 (N) Braking resistor phase unsymmetry Message class: Braking Module faulted (14) Reaction:...
  • Page 862 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): 200: Motor temperature model 1 (I2t): Temperature too high (p0605). 300: Motor temperature model 3: Temperature too high (p5398). See also: r0034 (Motor utilization thermal), p0605 (Mot_temp_mod 1/2/sensor threshold and temperature value), p0611 (I2t motor model thermal time constant), p0612 (Mot_temp_mod activation), p0613 (Mot_temp_mod 1/3 ambient temperature) Remedy:...
  • Page 863 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07016 Drive: Motor temperature sensor fault Message class: External measured value / signal state outside the permissible range (16) Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: An error was detected when evaluating the temperature sensor set in p0601. Possible causes: - wire breakage or sensor not connected (KTY: R >...
  • Page 864 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 37: Source parameter for a BICO interconnection was not able to be determined. 38: An index was set for a non-indexed (or CDS-dependent) parameter. 39: No index was set for an indexed parameter. 41: A bit operation is only permissible for parameters with the parameter format DISPLAY_BIN.
  • Page 865 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms In these cases, when the minimum limit is violated then the parameter value is rounded up and when the maximum limited is violated the parameter value is rounded down. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Diagnostics parameter r9451 to display all parameters whose value had to be adapted.
  • Page 866 - when exiting commissioning or at the end of the motor identification routine or the speed controller optimization, the drive unit is not automatically switched on again. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - increase the number of restart attempts (p1211). The actual number of starting attempts is displayed in r1214.
  • Page 867 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07331 Flying restart: Function not supported Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: It is not possible to power up with the motor rotating (no flying restart). In the following cases, the "flying restart"...
  • Page 868 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms - the current limit has been set too low for the motor. - induction motor (encoderless, open-loop controlled) in I2t limiting. - power unit is too small. - the magnetizing time is too short. Remedy: - correct the motor data.
  • Page 869 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): The upper output limit in p2291 is set lower than the lower output limit in p2292. Remedy: For alarm value = 1: Set the output limit in p2291 higher than in p2292. See also: p2291 (Technology controller maximum limiting), p2292 (Technology controller minimum limiting) F07435 (N) Drive: Setting the ramp-function generator for sensorless vector control...
  • Page 870 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07443 (A) LR: Reference point coordinate not in the permissible range Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF1 (OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The reference point coordinate received when adjusting the encoder via connector input p2599 lies outside the half of the encoder range and cannot be set as actual axis position.
  • Page 871 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07453 LR: Position actual value preprocessing error Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF1 (OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: An error has occurred during the position actual value preprocessing. Remedy: Check the encoder for the position actual value preprocessing.
  • Page 872 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07458 EPOS: Reference cam not found Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF1 (OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: After starting the search for reference, the axis moved through the maximum permissible distance to search for the reference cam without actually finding the reference cam.
  • Page 873 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07463 (F) EPOS: External block change not requested in the traversing block Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: For a traversing block with the block change enable CONTINUE_EXTERNAL_ALARM, the external block change was not requested.
  • Page 874 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - correct the traversing block. - add the missing traversing block. A07469 EPOS: Traversing block < target position < software limit switch minus Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge:...
  • Page 875 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07474 (F) EPOS: End of traversing range reached Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: When traversing, the axis has moved to the traversing range limit. Remedy: Move away in the negative direction.
  • Page 876 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07480 EPOS: Software limit switch plus reached Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The axis is at the position of the software limit switch plus. An active traversing block was interrupted. Remedy: - correct the target position.
  • Page 877 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07486 EPOS: Intermediate stop missing Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: In the modes "traversing blocks" or "direct setpoint input/MDI" at the start of motion, the binector input "no intermediate stop/intermediate stop"...
  • Page 878 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07492 (A) EPOS: STOP cam plus reached Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF3 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A 0 signal was detected at binector input BI: p2570, i.e. the STOP cam plus was reached. For a negative traversing direction, the STOP cam plus was reached - i.e.
  • Page 879 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07495 (F) LR: Reference function interrupted Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: An activated reference function (reference mark search or measuring probe evaluation) was interrupted. Possible causes: - an encoder fault has occurred (Gn_ZSW.15 = 1).
  • Page 880 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: De-activate the measuring probe evaluation (BI: p2509 = 0 signal). For alarm value = 6: Set the input terminal for the measuring probe (p0488, p0489 or p2517, p2518). For alarm value = 4098: Check the Control Unit hardware.
  • Page 881 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07531 Drive: Command Data Set CDS not present Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The selected command data set is not available (p0836 > p0170). The command data set was not changed over. See also: p0810 (Command data set selection CDS bit 0), p0811 (Command data set selection CDS bit 1), r0836 (Command Data Set CDS selected) Remedy:...
  • Page 882 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): ddccbbaa hex aa: encoder data set number bb: first incorrect bit cc: incorrect parameter cc = 0: incorrect parameter is p0430 cc = 1: incorrect parameter is p0437 cc = 2: incorrect parameter is r0459 dd: reserved (always 0) Remedy:...
  • Page 883 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07565 (F, N) Drive: Encoder error in PROFIdrive encoder interface 1 Message class: Actual position/speed value incorrect or not available (11) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: An encoder error was signaled for encoder 1 via the PROFIdrive encoder interface (G1_ZSW.15). Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): Error code from G1_XIST2, refer to the description regarding r0483.
  • Page 884 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07577 (F) Encoder 1: Measuring probe evaluation not possible Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: When evaluating the measuring probe, an error occurred. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): 6: The input terminal for the measuring probe is not set.
  • Page 885 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07582 (F) Encoder 2: Position actual value preprocessing error Message class: Actual position/speed value incorrect or not available (11) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: An error has occurred during the position actual value preprocessing. Remedy: Check the encoder for the position actual value preprocessing.
  • Page 886 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07591 (F) Encoder 2: Drive Data Set changeover in operation Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: A Drive Data Set changeover (DDS) with a change of the mechanical relationships and the encoder assignment (p2502) was requested in operation.
  • Page 887 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the causes and resolve. - reset the control (BI: p2508 and BI: p2509 = 0 signal) and activate the requested function. A07597 (F) Encoder 2: Reference function interrupted Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction:...
  • Page 888 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07754 Drive: Incorrect shutoff valve configuration Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: An incorrect shutoff valve configuration was detected. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 100: Enable Safety Integrated (p9601/p9801), but p0218.0 = 0 (shutoff valve not available).
  • Page 889 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the current limits (p0640). - vector control: Check the current controller (p1715, p1717). - U/f control: Check the current limiting controller (p1340 ... p1346). - increase the up ramp (p1120) or reduce the load. - check the motor and motor cables for short-circuit and ground fault.
  • Page 890 See also: p0205 (Power unit application), r0206 (Rated power unit power), r0207 (Rated power unit current), r0208 (Rated power unit line supply voltage), r0209 (Power unit maximum current) Remedy: Replace the power unit or inform Siemens Customer Service. A07850 (F) External alarm 1...
  • Page 891 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07852 (F) External alarm 3 Message class: External measured value / signal state outside the permissible range (16) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The condition for "External alarm 3" is satisfied. Note: The "External alarm 3"...
  • Page 892 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check whether the pump/fan is blocked, and if blocked, then resolve the problem. - check that the fan can freely move, and if necessary, resolve the problem. - adapt the parameterization corresponding to the load (p2165, p2168).. A07892 Drive: Load monitoring pump/fan no load condition Message class:...
  • Page 893 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07896 Drive: Load monitoring pump leakage Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The load monitoring is configured for a pump (p2193 = 4). The monitoring function detects a leak in the pump circuit.
  • Page 894 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Steps should always be taken to ensure that both motor data identification and the rotating measurement were carried out (see p1900, r3925). For closed-loop speed and torque control with speed encoder, the following applies: - check the speed signal (interrupted cable, polarity, pulse number, broken encoder shaft).
  • Page 895 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the motor load. - check the motor ambient temperature. - check KTY84/PT1000. - check overtemperatures of the motor temperature model 2 (p0626 ... p0628). See also: p0612 (Mot_temp_mod activation), p0625 (Motor ambient temperature during commissioning), p0626 (Motor overtemperature, stator core), p0627 (Motor overtemperature, stator winding), p0628 (Motor overtemperature rotor) A07920...
  • Page 896 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07924 Drive: Torque/speed too high Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: For p2193 = 1: The torque deviates from the torque/speed envelope characteristic (too high). For p2193 = 2: The speed signal from the external encoder (refer to p3230) deviates from the speed (r2169) (too high).
  • Page 897 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07929 (F) Drive: No motor detected Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The absolute current value is so small after enabling the inverter pulses that no motor is detected. Note: - for vector control and induction motor, fault F07902 follows this alarm.
  • Page 898 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Fulfill the conditions for the friction characteristic. For alarm value = 1538: Check the upper effective torque limit (e.g. in the field weakening range). For alarm value = 1539: Check the lower effective torque limit (e.g.
  • Page 899 Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the pole position identification routine. Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON. F07968 Drive: Lq-Ld measurement incorrect Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18)
  • Page 900 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07969 Drive: Incorrect pole position identification Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the pole position identification routine. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: Current controller limited 2: Motor shaft locked.
  • Page 901 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07975 (N) Drive: Travel to the zero mark - setpoint input expected Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The zero mark must be evaluated in order to adjust the encoder. It is expected that a speed or torque setpoint is entered.
  • Page 902 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms For fault value = 3: - adapt the speed setpoint (p1965) or suppression (skip) bandwidths (p1091 ... p1094, p1101). For fault value = 4: - adapt the speed setpoint (p1965) or maximum limit (p1082, p1083 and p1086). For fault value = 5: - check the encoder connection.
  • Page 903 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms For fault value = 9, 10: - the measurement was carried out at an operating point where the load torque is too high. Select a more suitable operating point, either by changing the speed setpoint (p1961) or by reducing the load torque. The load torque may not be varied while making measurements.
  • Page 904 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07985 Drive: Speed controller optimization (oscillation test) Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the vibration test. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: The speed did not reach a steady-state condition.
  • Page 905 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07990 Drive: Incorrect motor data identification Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the identification routine. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: Current limit value reached.
  • Page 906 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07994 (F, N) Drive: motor data identification not performed Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The "vector control" mode has been selected and a motor data identification has still not been performed. The alarm is initiated when changing the drive data set (see r0051) in the following cases: - vector control is parameterized in the actual drive data set (p1300 >= 20).
  • Page 907 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 501: PROFIsafe parameter error (e.g. F_dest). 502: PROFIsafe telegram does not match. Remedy: Check the receive configuration data. For alarm value = 2: - check the number of data words for output and input. For alarm value = 501: - check the set PROFIsafe address (p9610).
  • Page 908 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Note: IF: interface Remedy: Map fewer process data in PDO. Apply one of the following options to delete the alarm: - POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). - carry out a warm restart (p0009 = 30, p0976 = 2). - execute CANopen NMT command reset node.
  • Page 909 4.2 List of faults and alarms Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 0: A memory card is not inserted. 1: An invalid memory card is inserted (not SIEMENS). 2: An invalid memory card is inserted. 3: The memory card is being used in another Control Unit.
  • Page 910 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30001 Power unit: Overcurrent Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit has detected an overcurrent condition. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - motor has a short-circuit or fault to ground (frame). - U/f operation: Up ramp set too low.
  • Page 911 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms - check and correct the phase assignment at the power unit. - check the line supply phases. See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage) F30003 Power unit: DC link voltage undervoltage Message class: Infeed faulted (13) Reaction:...
  • Page 912 - the fuse of a phase of a main circuit has ruptured. - a motor phase has failed. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - check the main circuit fuses. - check whether a single-phase load is distorting the line voltages.
  • Page 913 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms - motor load too high - power unit defective. Fault value (r0949, interpret binary): Bit 0: Phase U Bit 1: Phase V Bit 2: Phase W Remedy: - check the motor data. - check the motor circuit configuration (star-delta).
  • Page 914 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the fiber-optic cable and if required, replace. - check the power supply of the IGBT gating module (24 V). - check the power cable connections. - select the defective semiconductor and replace. F30024 Power unit: Overtemperature thermal model Message class:...
  • Page 915 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 5) The precharging resistors are overheated as there were too many precharging operations per time unit. 6) The precharging resistors are overheated as the DC link capacitance is too high. 7) The DC link has either a ground fault or a short-circuit.
  • Page 916 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A30031 Power unit: Hardware current limiting in phase U Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: Hardware current limit for phase U responded. The pulsing in this phase is inhibited for one pulse period. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized.
  • Page 917 If the temperature inside the unit continues to increase, fault F30036 may be triggered. - ambient temperature might be too high. - insufficient cooling, fan failure. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - check the ambient temperature. - check the fan for the inside of the unit.
  • Page 918 The precise duration depends on the power unit type and the particular frequencies. For booksize and chassis power units, the duration also depends on how long the alarm has been active. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - check the line phase connection.
  • Page 919 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30071 No new actual values received from the Power Module Message class: Internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error (12) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: More than one actual value telegram from the power unit module has failed. Remedy: Check the interface (adjustment and locking) to the power unit module.
  • Page 920 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30080 Power unit: Current increasing too quickly Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit has detected an excessive rate of rise in the overvoltage range. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized.
  • Page 921 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30105 PU: Actual value sensing fault Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: At least one incorrect actual value channel was detected on the Power Stack Adapter (PSA). The incorrect actual value channels are displayed in the following diagnostic parameters.
  • Page 922 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 0: Stop request from the other monitoring channel. 1 ... 999: Number of the cross-compared data that resulted in this fault. This number is also displayed in r9795. 2: SI enable safety functions (p9601, p9801).
  • Page 923 - there is a communication error between processor 1 and processor 2 or communication has failed. - a time slice overflow of the safety software has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - select Safe Torque Off and de-select again.
  • Page 924 2. This synchronization routine was unsuccessful. Note: This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). F30655 SI P2: Align monitoring functions...
  • Page 925 OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: A module-internal communication error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact Technical Support. F30664...
  • Page 926 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact Technical Support. F30665 SI P2: System is defective Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY...
  • Page 927 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30681 SI Motion P1: Incorrect parameter value Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The parameter cannot be parameterized with this value. Note: This message does not result in a safety stop response.
  • Page 928 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30683 SI Motion P2: SLS enable missing Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The safety-relevant function "SLS" is not enabled in p9301 although other safety-relevant monitoring functions are enabled.
  • Page 929 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms - carry out a diagnostics routine for message C30701. - replace Power Module. - replace Control Unit. This message can be acknowledged using "Acknowledge internal event". SAM: Safe Acceleration Monitor (safe acceleration monitoring) SBR: Safe Brake Ramp (safe brake ramp monitoring) C30701 SI Motion P2: STOP B initiated...
  • Page 930 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Message value (r2124, interpret decimal): 0 ... 999: Number of the cross-compared data that resulted in this message. The significance of the individual message values is described in safety message C01711. 1000: Watchdog timer has expired.
  • Page 931 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms C30716 SI Motion P2: Tolerance for safe motion direction exceeded Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The tolerance for the "safe motion direction" function was exceeded. The drive is stopped as a result of the configured stop response (p9366).
  • Page 932 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Example: For a 110 ms switching frequency and p10117 = 0, the maximum discrepancy time that can be set is as follows: p10102 <= (110/2 ms) - 12 ms = 43 ms Rounded off, p10102 <= 36 ms is obtained (as the discrepancy time is rounded off as a multiple of 12 ms).
  • Page 933 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Diag expected states in table format: Test stop state: Expectation Mode 1 / Mode 2 / Mode 3 / Mode 4 5: 0/-/-/1 7: 0/-/-/0 9: 0/-/-/0 11: 1/-/-/1 13: 0/-/-/1 Second diag expected states in table format: Test stop state: Expectation Mode 1 / Mode 2 / Mode 3 / Mode 4 5: -/-/-/1...
  • Page 934 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms C30798 SI Motion P2: Test stop for motion monitoring functions running Message class: Safety monitoring channel has identified an error (10) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The forced checking procedure (test stop) for the safe motion monitoring functions is currently in progress. Remedy: Not necessary.
  • Page 935 POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred in the power unit. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - replace power unit. - if required, upgrade the firmware in the power unit. - contact Technical Support.
  • Page 936 An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Information about the fault source. Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - if necessary, upgrade the firmware in the power unit to a later version. - contact Technical Support.
  • Page 937 Encoder 1 is used as motor encoder and can be effective has fault response to change over to encoderless operation. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. See also: p0491 (Motor encoder fault response ENCODER), p0492 (Maximum speed difference per sampling cycle) Remedy: - check the tachometer feeder cable for interruptions.
  • Page 938 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F31131 (N, A) Encoder 1: Deviation position incremental/absolute too large Message class: Actual position/speed value incorrect or not available (11) Reaction: ENCODER (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF2, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: PULSE INHIBIT Cause: Absolute encoder: When cyclically reading the absolute position, an excessively high difference to the incremental position was...
  • Page 939 The change to the averaged speed actual value - if applicable - is monitored in the current controller sampling time. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. See also: p0492 (Maximum speed difference per sampling cycle) Remedy: - check the tachometer feeder cable for interruptions.
  • Page 940 A time slice overflow has occurred in encoder 1. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): yx hex: y = function involved (Siemens-internal fault diagnostics), x = time slice involved x = 9: Time slice overflow of the fast (current controller clock cycle) time slice.
  • Page 941 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F31805 (N, A) Encoder 1: EEPROM checksum error Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: ENCODER (IASC/DCBRK, NONE) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Internal parameter data is corrupted. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): 01: EEPROM access error.
  • Page 942 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F31905 (N, A) Encoder 1: Parameterization error Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: ENCODER (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF2, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A parameter of encoder 1 was detected as being incorrect.
  • Page 943 The following information is contained in the TXT file: - Display of the last written BIN file. - Number of write operations that are still possible (from 10000 downwards). Note: Only Siemens can evaluate the BIN files. Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm disappears automatically.
  • Page 944 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A31999 (F, N) Encoder 1: Unknown alarm Message class: Actual position/speed value incorrect or not available (11) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: A alarm has occurred on the Sensor Module for encoder 1 that cannot be interpreted by the Control Unit firmware. This can occur if the firmware on this component is more recent than the firmware on the Control Unit.
  • Page 945 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms For fault value, bit 8 = 1: - check parameterization (p0429.2). For fault value, bit 9 = 1: - EMC / connect the cable shield, replace the encoder or encoder cable, replace the Sensor Module. For fault value, bit 10 = 1: - check parameterization (p0429.2, p0449).
  • Page 946 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms For fault value, bit 4 = 1: 5 V power supply voltage fault. When using an SMC: Check the plug-in cable between the encoder and SMC or replace the SMC. When using a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ: Replace the motor.
  • Page 947 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Bit 5: Internal error in the serial driver: An illegal mode command was requested. Bit 6: Timeout when cyclically reading. Bit 8: Protocol is too long (e.g. > 64 bits). Bit 9: Receive buffer overflow.
  • Page 948 A time slice overflow has occurred in encoder 2. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): yx hex: y = function involved (Siemens-internal fault diagnostics), x = time slice involved x = 9: Time slice overflow of the fast (current controller clock cycle) time slice.
  • Page 949 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F32899 (N, A) Encoder 2: Unknown fault Message class: Actual position/speed value incorrect or not available (11) Reaction: OFF1 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF2, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: A fault occurred on the Sensor Module for encoder 2 that cannot be interpreted by the Control Unit firmware. This can occur if the firmware on this component is more recent than the firmware on the Control Unit.
  • Page 950 The following information is contained in the TXT file: - Display of the last written BIN file. - Number of write operations that are still possible (from 10000 downwards). Note: Only Siemens can evaluate the BIN files. Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm disappears automatically.
  • Page 951 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A32999 (F, N) Encoder 2: Unknown alarm Message class: Actual position/speed value incorrect or not available (11) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: A alarm has occurred on the Sensor Module for encoder 2 that cannot be interpreted by the Control Unit firmware. This can occur if the firmware on this component is more recent than the firmware on the Control Unit.
  • Page 952 FBLOCKS: Int. meas. active Message class: General drive fault (19) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: A Siemens internal measurement has been activated. Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for the Control Unit involved. SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 953 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F50518 FBLOCKS: Sampling time of free run-time group differs at download Message class: General drive fault (19) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: In the STARTER/SCOUT project that was downloaded, the hardware sampling time of a free run-time group (1 <= p20000[i] <= 256) was set to a value that was either too low or too high.
  • Page 954 4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 955 Appendix Content ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) Motor code list List of abbreviations SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...

  • Page 956: Ascii Table (Characters That Can Be Displayed)

    A Appendix A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) The following table includes the decimal and hexadecimal notation of ASCII characters that can be displayed (printable). Table A-1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) Character Decimal Hexadecimal...
  • Page 957 A Appendix A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) Table A-1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed), continued Character Decimal Hexadecimal Meaning Capital letter A Capital letter B Capital letter C Capital letter D Capital letter E Capital letter F Capital letter G Capital letter H Capital letter I...
  • Page 958 A Appendix A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) Table A-1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed), continued Character Decimal Hexadecimal Meaning Small letter e Small letter f Small letter g Small letter h Small letter i Small letter j Small letter k Small letter l Small letter m...

  • Page 959: Motor Code List

    A Appendix A.2 Motor code list Motor code list Table A-2 Motor code for synchronous motors Article number Motor type (p0300) Motor code (p0301) 1LE400x-1ABxx-xxxx 20401 1LE400x-1BBxx-xxxx 20402 SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...

  • Page 960: List Of Abbreviations

    A Appendix A.3 List of abbreviations List of abbreviations Note The following list of abbreviations includes all abbreviations and their meanings used in the entire SINAMICS family of drives. Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance A… Alarm Warning Alternating Current Alternating current Analog Digital Converter Analog-Digital converter Analog Input...

  • Page 961: List Manual (Lh14), 01/2016, A5E33842313

    A Appendix A.3 List of abbreviations Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance Clearance Control Clearance control Computer Numerical Control Computer-supported numerical control Connector Output Connector output CO/BO Connector Output / Binector Output Connector Output / Binector Output COB ID CAN Object-Identification CAN Object-Identification Certificate of License Certificate of License...
  • Page 962 A Appendix A.3 List of abbreviations Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory Read-Only-Memory Elektrostatisch gefährdete Baugruppen Electrostatic sensitive devices ELCB Earth Leakage Circuit-Breaker Residual current operated circuit breaker Earth Leakage Protection Ground-fault monitoring Electromagnetic Compatibility Electromagnetic compatibility Electromotive Force...
  • Page 963 A Appendix A.3 List of abbreviations Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance High Frequency High frequency Hochfrequenzdrossel Radio frequency reactor Hydraulic Linear Actuator Hydraulic linear actuator Hochlaufgeber Ramp-function Generator Hydraulic Module Hydraulic Module Human Machine Interface Human Machine Interface High-Threshold Logic Logic with high interference threshold Hardware Hardware...
  • Page 964 A Appendix A.3 List of abbreviations Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance Line-Side Switch Line-side switch Length Unit Length unit Lichtwellenleiter Fiber-optic cable Symbol for torque Masse Reference potential for all signal and operating voltages, usually defined as 0 V (also referred to as GND) Megabyte Megabyte...
  • Page 965 A Appendix A.3 List of abbreviations Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance Optical Link Plug Bus connector for fiber-optic cable Option Module Interface Option Module Interface p… Adjustable parameters Processor 1 CPU 1 Processor 2 CPU 2 PROFIBUS PROFIBUS PcCtrl PC Control Master control PROFIdrive PROFIdrive...
  • Page 966 A Appendix A.3 List of abbreviations Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance RJ45 Registered Jack 45 Term for an 8-pin socket system for data transmission with shielded or non-shielded multi- wire copper cables Rückkühlanlage Cooling unit Renewable Line Module Renewable Line Module Read Only Read only Read-Only Memory...
  • Page 967 A Appendix A.3 List of abbreviations Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance Sensor Module Cabinet Sensor Module Cabinet Sensor Module External Sensor Module External SINAMICS Sensor Module Integrated SINAMICS Sensor Module Integrated Single Motor Module Single Motor Module Sicherer Software-Nocken Safe software cam Safe Operating Stop Safe operating stop Service Pack...
  • Page 968 A Appendix A.3 List of abbreviations Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Significance Voltage Protection Module Voltage Protection Module Volt peak to peak Volt peak to peak Voltage Sensing Module Voltage Sensing Module Wiedereinschaltautomatik Automatic restart Werkzeugmaschine Machine tool Extensible Markup Language Extensible markup language (standard language for Web publishing and document management) Zwischenkreis...

  • Page 969: Index

    Index Numbers 2450 PROFIdrive - PZD send signals interconnection, 621 1020 2451 Explanation of the symbols (part 1), 599 PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection 1021 (p2038 = 2), 622 Explanation of the symbols (part 2), 600 2452 1022 PROFIdrive - ZSW1 status word interconnection Explanation of the symbols (part 3), 601 (p2038 = 0), 623 1030...
  • Page 970 Index 2476 2810 PROFIdrive - SATZANW block selection STO (Safe Torque Off), 665 interconnection, 637 2813 2477 F-DI (Fail-safe Digital Input), 666 PROFIdrive - AKTSATZ status word interconnection, 2818 Parameter manager, 668 2480 2819 PROFIdrive - MDI_MOD - SS1 (Safe Stop 1), internal STOP A, B, F, 669 MDI mode interconnection, 639 2820 2501...
  • Page 971 Index 3080 4730 Ramp-function generator selection, -status word, Encoder interface, send signals, encoders 1 ... 2, -tracking, 693 3610 4735 Jog mode, 695 Encoder evaluation, reference marksearch with 3612 equivalent zero mark, encoder 1, 720 Referencing/reference point approach mode 4750 (p2597 = 0), 696 Absolute value for incremental encoder, 721 3614...
  • Page 972 Index 6730 7951 Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1), Fixed value selection direct (p2216 = 1), 773 7954 6731 Motorized potentiometer, 774 Interface to the Power Module 7958 (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx), 745 Closed-loop control, 775 6799 8005 Display signals, 746 Overview, signals and monitoring functions, 777...
  • Page 973 Index Adjustable parameters, 13 Dependency (parameter), 21 Alarm Description (parameter), 20 Cause, 808 Direction of rotation limiting, 683 Display, 800 Direction reversal, 683 Explanation of list, 804 Directory Fault location, 805 ASCII table, 956 General, 800 Complete table of contents, 5 How to distinguish an alarm from a fault, 800 Index, 969 List of all alarms, 812...
  • Page 974 Index PROFIdrive - AKTSATZ status word interconnection, Jog mode, 695 Mode control, 703 PROFIdrive - MDI_MOD - Referencing/reference point approach mode MDI mode interconnection, 639 (p2597 = 0), 696 PROFIdrive - MELDW status word interconnection, Status word 1 (r2683), 707 Status word 2 (r2684), 708 PROFIdrive - POS_STW positioning control word Status word, active traversing block/ MDI active...
  • Page 975 Index PLI 0 ... 1, 760 Function diagrams, Safety Integrated Extended PST 0 ... 1, 764 Functions PT1 0 ... 1, 768 Control and status word, 673 RSR 0 ... 2, 765 Extended Functions via F-DI, 676 Sampling times of the runtime groups, 751 Extended Functions via PROFIsafe (9601.2 = 1 and SUB 0 ...
  • Page 976 Index Function diagrams, vector control Current control, overview, 737 Linked parameters, 13 Current setpoint filter, 738 List Current/power/torque limits, 736 Abbreviations, 960 Display signals, 746 ASCII table, 956 Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint (ASM, Binector inputs (BI parameters), 574 p0300 = 1), 741 Binector outputs (BO parameters), 579 Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx), Command data sets, 562...
  • Page 977 Index Parameter Ramp-function generator, 683 Scaling, 17 Reaction to faults, 801 Parameters Resetting faults, 808 Access level, 15 rxxxx, 13 Bit field, 21 Calculated, 15 Safety instructions Can be changed, 17 Fundamental, 7 Command data sets, 562 General, 8 CU/PM variants, 14 Industrial security, 9 Data type, 16 Safety instructions (parameter), 21...
  • Page 978 Index SINAMICS G120D List Manual (LH14), 01/2016, A5E33842313...
  • Page 980 Siemens AG Subject to change Digital Factory © Siemens AG 2012 - 2016 Motion Control P.O. Box 3180 Find out more on 91050 ERLANGEN SINAMICS G120D GERMANY by scanning the QR code. www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120d...

This manual is also suitable for:

Sinamics g120d cu250d-2 pn-fSinamics g120d cu240d-2 pnSinamics g120d cu240d-2 pn-fSinamics g120d cu250d-2 dp-f

Table of Contents